Professional Documents
Culture Documents
J{UV (_mZH$)
MATHEMATICS (STANDARD)
*
:3 : 80
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 80
ZmoQ> / NOTE :
(i) - 23
Please check that this question paper contains 23 printed pages.
(ii) - - -
-
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on the title
page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) - 38
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) -
Please write down the serial number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) - 15 -
10.15 10.15 10.30 -
-
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper will be
distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will read the
question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book during this period.
(iv) 21 25 (VSA)
(v) 26 31 (SA)
(vi) 32 35 (LA)
(vii) 36 38
(viii) 2 2
2 3
22
(ix) =
7
(x)
IÊS> H$
(MCQ) 1
2. {ÌÁ`m 14 cm dmbo EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ {ÌÁ`I§S>, {OgH$m Ho$ÝÐr` H$moU 90 h¡, H$s g§JV Mmn H$s
?
(a) 22 cm (b) 44 cm
(c) 88 cm (d) 11 cm
30/2/1 JJJJ Page 2
General Instructions :
Read the following instructions very carefully and strictly follow them :
(i) This question paper contains 38 questions. All questions are compulsory.
(ii) This question paper is divided into five Sections A, B, C, D and E.
(iii) In Section A, Questions no. 1 to 18 are multiple choice questions (MCQs) and
questions number 19 and 20 are Assertion-Reason based questions of 1 mark
each.
(iv) In Section B, Questions no. 21 to 25 are very short answer (VSA) type
questions, carrying 2 marks each.
(v) In Section C, Questions no. 26 to 31 are short answer (SA) type questions,
carrying 3 marks each.
(vi) In Section D, Questions no. 32 to 35 are long answer (LA) type questions
carrying 5 marks each.
(vii) In Section E, Questions no. 36 to 38 are case study based questions carrying
4 marks each. Internal choice is provided in 2 marks questions in each
case-study.
(viii) There is no overall choice. However, an internal choice has been provided in
2 questions in Section B, 2 questions in Section C, 2 questions in Section D and
3 questions in Section E.
22
(ix) Draw neat diagrams wherever required. Take = wherever required, if not
7
stated.
(x) Use of calculators is not allowed.
SECTION A
2. What is the length of the arc of the sector of a circle with radius 14 cm
and of central angle 90 ?
(a) 22 cm (b) 44 cm
(c) 88 cm (d) 11 cm
30/2/1 JJJJ Page 3 P.T.O.
3. `{X ABC PQR _|, A = 32 Am¡a R = 65 h¡, Vmo B H$s _mn h¡ :
(a) 32 (b) 65
(c) 83 (d) 97
4. `{X Am¡a àmH¥$V g§»`mE± h¢ Am¡a p g§»`m q H$m JwUO h¡, Vmo Am¡a q H$m HCF
?
(a) pq (b ) p
(c) q (d) p+q
5. EH$ Am`V ABCD {OgHo$ VrZ erf© B(0, 0), C(3, 0) Am¡a D(0, 4) h¢, CgHo$ erf© A Ho$
{ZX}em§H$ hm|Jo :
(a) (4, 0) (b) (0, 3)
(c) (3, 4) (d) (4, 3)
7. EH$ W¡bo _| 100 nÎmo h¢ {OZ na 1 go 100 VH$ H$s g§»`mE± A§{H$V h¢ & Bg W¡bo _| go EH$
nÎmm `mÑÀN>`m {ZH$mbm OmVm h¡ & Bg nÎmo na EH$ nyU© KZ g§»`m A§{H$V hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
?
1 3
(a) (b)
20 50
1 7
(c) (d)
25 100
4.
(a) pq (b ) p
(c) q (d) p+q
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 6 (d) 4
10. EH$ R>mog AY©-Jmobo, {OgH$m ì`mg h¡, H$m g§nyU© n¥ð>r` joÌ\ ?
2 2
(a) 3 d (b) 2 d
1 3
(c) d2 (d) d2
2 4
11. gmW CN>mbo OmVo h¢, Vmo A{YH$-go-A{YH$ EH$ nQ> àmßV hmoZo H$s
?
3 4
(a) (b)
8 8
5 7
(c) (d)
8 8
(a) 2 (b) 3
9
(c) 5 (d)
2
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 6 (d) 4
10.
2 2
(a) 3 d (b) 2 d
1 2 3 2
(c) d (d) d
2 4
11. If three coins are tossed simultaneously, what is the probability of getting
at most one tail ?
3 4
(a) (b)
8 8
5 7
(c) (d)
8 8
(a) 2 (b) 3
9
(c) 5 (d)
2
35 35
(a) (b)
4 2
(c) 35 (d) 70
15. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ n[aJV EH$ MVw^w©O PQRS ~Zm h¡ & `hm± PA + CS ~am~a
h¡ :
(c) 35 (d) 70
14. The zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = x2 + 4x + 3 are given by :
(a) 1, 3 (b) 1, 3
(c) 1, 3 (d) 1, 3
15. In the given figure, the quadrilateral PQRS circumscribes a circle. Here
PA + CS is equal to :
(a) QR (b) PR
(c) PS (d) PQ
16. If and are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial p(x) = x2 ax b,
then the value of 2 + 2 is :
(a) a2 2b (b) a2 + 2b
2 2
(c) b 2a (d)
b + 2a
x y
17. The area of the triangle formed by the line = 1 with the coordinate
a b
axes is :
1
(a) ab (b) ab
2
1
(c) ab (d) 2ab
4
30/2/1 JJJJ Page 9 P.T.O.
18. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, AB PQ & `{X AB = 6 cm, PQ = 2 cm Am¡a OB = 3 cm h¡, Vmo
OP H$s bå~mB© hmoJr :
(a) 9 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 4 cm (d) 1 cm
19 20 1
(A) (R)
(a), (b), (c) (d)
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢ Am¡a VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢, naÝVw VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) ghr h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) µJbV h¡ &
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) µJbV h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) ghr h¡ &
19. (A) : d¥Îm Ho$ {H$gr q~Xþ na ñne©-aoIm ñne© q~Xþ go OmZo dmbr {ÌÁ`m na bå~
hmoVr h¡ &
(R) : ~mø q~Xþ go d¥Îm na ItMr JB© ñne©-aoImAm| H$s bå~mB`m± ~am~a hmoVr h¢ &
20. (A) : ~hþnX p(x) = x2 + 3x + 3 Ho$ Xmo dmñV{dH$ eyÝ`H$ h¢ &
(R) : EH$ {ÛKmV ~hþnX Ho$ A{YH$-go-A{YH$ Xmo dmñV{dH$ eyÝ`H$ hmo gH$Vo h¢ &
30/2/1 JJJJ Page 10
18. In the given figure, AB PQ. If AB = 6 cm, PQ = 2 cm and OB = 3 cm,
then the length of OP is :
(a) 9 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 4 cm (d) 1 cm
Questions number 19 and 20 are Assertion and Reason based questions carrying
1 mark each. Two statements are given, one labelled as Assertion (A) and the
other is labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from
the codes (a), (b), (c) and (d) as given below.
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not
the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
19. Assertion (A) : A tangent to a circle is perpendicular to the radius
through the point of contact.
Reason (R) : The lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a
circle are equal.
20. Assertion (A) : The polynomial p(x) = x2 + 3x + 3 has two real zeroes.
Reason (R): A quadratic polynomial can have at most two real zeroes.
21. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ 2 + 3 EH$ An[a_o` g§»`m h¡, {X`m J`m h¡ {H$ 3 EH$ An[a_o`
g§»`m h¡ &
3
22. (H$) `{X 4 cot2 45 sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = h¡, Vmo p H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
4
AWdm
(I) `{X cos A + cos2 A = 1 h¡, Vmo sin2 A + sin4 A H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
23. Xem©BE {H$ q~Xþ ( 2, 3), (8, 3) Am¡a (6, 7) EH$ g_H$moU {Ì^wO Ho$ erf© h¢ &
25. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, d¥Îm H$m H|$Ð O h¡ & q~Xþ A go Bg d¥Îm na AB Am¡a AC ñne©-aoImE±
ItMr JB© h¢ & `{X BAC = 65 h¡, Vmo BOC H$s _mn kmV H$s{OE &
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks each.
3
22. (a) If 4 cot245 sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = , then find the value of p.
4
OR
(b) If cos A + cos2 A = 1, then find the value of sin2 A + sin4 A.
23. Show that the points ( 2, 3), (8, 3) and (6, 7) are the vertices of a
right-angled triangle.
24. (a) The length of the shadow of a tower on the plane ground is 3
times the height of the tower. Find the angle of elevation of the
sun.
OR
(b) The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point on the
ground which is 30 m away from the foot of the tower, is 30 . Find
the height of the tower.
25. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle. AB and AC are tangents
drawn to the circle from point A. If BAC = 65 , then find the measure of
BOC.
(SA) 3
26. (H$) g§»`mAm| 18180 Am¡a 7575 H$m A^mÁ` JwUZI§S>Z {d{Y Ûmam LCM kmV
H$s{OE & BZ Xmo g§»`mAm| H$m HCF ^r kmV H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) VrZ K§{Q>`m± 6, 12 Am¡a 18 {_ZQ>m| Ho$ A§Vamb na ~OVt h¢ & `{X `o VrZm| K§{Q>`m±
EH$ gmW 6 a.m. na ~Ot hm|, Vmo CgHo$ níMmV² do VrZm| EH$ gmW H$~ ~O|Jr ?
28. `{X q~Xþ Q(0, 1), q~XþAm| P(5, 3) Am¡a R(x, 6) go EH$g_mZ Xÿar na hmo, Vmo x Ho$ _mZ
kmV H$s{OE &
29. EH$ H$ma Ho$ Xmo dmBna (wipers) h¢, Omo nañna H$^r AmÀN>m{XH$ Zht hmoVo h¢ & àË`oH$
dmBna H$s nÎmr H$s b§~mB© 21 cm h¡ Am¡a 120 Ho$ H$moU VH$ Ky_ H$a g\$mB© H$a gH$Vm
h¡ & XmoZm| n{Îm`m| H$s àË`oH$ ~whma Ho$ gmW {OVZm joÌ\$b gm\$ hmo OmVm h¡, dh kmV
H$s{OE &
Ho$ An[a{_V ê$n go AZoH$ hb hm|, Vmo Am¡a Ho$ _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) `{X 217x + 131y = 913 Am¡a 131x + 217y = 827 hm|, Vmo x Am¡a y Ho$ _mZ
kmV H$aZo Ho$ {bE g_rH$aU hb H$s{OE &
30/2/1 JJJJ Page 14
SECTION C
This section comprises of short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
26. (a) Find by prime factorisation the LCM of the numbers 18180 and
7575. Also, find the HCF of the two numbers.
OR
28. If Q(0, 1) is equidistant from P(5, 3) and R(x, 6), find the values of x.
29. A car has two wipers which do not overlap. Each wiper has a blade of
length 21 cm sweeping through an angle of 120 . Find the total area
cleaned at each sweep of the two blades.
OR
IÊS> K
(LA) 5
32. 45, 39, 33, ....... Ho$ {H$VZo nXm| H$m `moJ\$b 180 hmoJm ? Xmohao CÎma H$s
ì`m»`m H$s{OE &
33. (H$) g_wÐ-Vb go 75 m D±$Mr bmBQ>-hmD$g Ho$ {eIa go XoIZo na Xmo g_wÐr OhmOm| Ho$
AdZ_Z H$moU 30 Am¡a 60 h¢ & `{X bmBQ>-hmD$g Ho$ EH$ hr Amoa EH$
OhmO Xÿgao OhmO Ho$ R>rH$ nrN>o hmo, Vmo Xmo OhmOm| Ho$ ~rM H$s Xÿar kmV H$s{OE &
( 3 = 1·73 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
AWdm
(I) ^y{_ Ho$ EH$ q~Xþ go EH$ 30 m D±$Mo ^dZ Ho$ {eIa na bJr EH$ g§Mma _rZma Ho$
Vb Am¡a {eIa Ho$ CÞ`Z H$moU H«$_e: 30 Am¡a 60 h¢ & g§Mma _rZma H$s D±$MmB©
kmV H$s{OE & ( 3 = 1·73 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
34.
3 {_ZQ> H$s 100 Ad{Y`m| _| {H$VZr h¢ Am¡a Bgo ZrMo Xr JB© Vm{bH$m _| gmam§{eV {H$`m
J`m h¡
H$mam| H$s
0 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80
g§»`m
~ma§~maVm
7 14 13 12 20 11 15 8
(Ad{Y`m±)
SECTION D
This section comprises long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32. How many terms of the arithmetic progression 45, 39, 33, ........ must be
taken so that their sum is 180 ? Explain the double answer.
33. (a) As observed from the top of a 75 m high lighthouse from the
sea-level, the angles of depression of two ships are 30 and 60 . If
one ship is exactly behind the other on the same side of the
lighthouse, find the distance between the two ships.
(Use 3 = 1·73)
OR
(b) From a point on the ground, the angle of elevation of the bottom
and top of a transmission tower fixed at the top of 30 m high
building are 30 and 60 , respectively. Find the height of the
transmission tower. (Use 3 = 1·73)
34. A student noted the number of cars passing through a spot on a road for
100 periods each of 3 minutes and summarised it in the table given
below. Find the mean and median of the following data.
Number of
0 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80
cars
Frequency
7 14 13 12 20 11 15 8
(periods)
SECTION E
This section comprises 3 case study based questions of 4 marks each.
Case Study 1
36. In an annual day function of a school, the organizers wanted to give a
cash prize along with a memento to their best students. Each memento is
made as shown in the figure and its base ABCD is shown from the front
side. The rate of silver plating is 20 per cm2.
(iii) (a) What is the total cost of silver plating the shaded part
ABCD ? 2
OR
37. EH$ H$m°\$s XþH$mZ _| H$m°\$s Xmo Vah Ho$ H$n _| namogr OmVr h¡ & EH$ H$n ~obZmH$ma h¡
{OgH$m ì`mg 7 cm VWm D±$MmB© 14 cm h¡ Am¡a Xÿgam H$n AY©Jmobr` AmH$ma H$m h¡
{OgH$m ì`mg 21 cm h¡ &
(i) ~obZmH$ma H$n Ho$ AmYma H$m joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OE & 1
(ii) (H$) ? 2
AWdm
37. In a coffee shop, coffee is served in two types of cups. One is cylindrical in
shape with diameter 7 cm and height 14 cm and the other is
hemispherical with diameter 21 cm.
OR
38. H§$ß`yQ>a-AmYm[aV {ejU {H$gr ^r Eogr {ejU nÕ{V H$mo g§X{^©V H$aVm h¡ Omo gyMZm
àgmaU Ho$ {bE H§$ß`yQ>am| H$m Cn`moJ H$aVr h¡ & àmW{_H$ {dÚmb` ñVa na, _ëQ>r_r{S>`m
nmR> `moOZmAm| H$mo àX{e©V H$aZo Ho$ {bE H§$ß`yQ>a AZwà`moJm| H$m Cn`moJ {H$`m Om gH$Vm h¡ &
Ag_ Ho$ 1000 àmW{_H$ Am¡a _mÜ`{_H$ {dÚmb`m| na EH$ gd}jU {H$`m J`m Wm Am¡a
CZHo$ nmg {OVZo H§$ß`yQ>a Wo, CZHo$ AmYma na CÝh| dJuH¥$V {H$`m J`m Wm &
101 Am¡aBggo
H§$ß`yQ>am| H$s g§»`m 1 10 11 20 21 50 51 100
A{YH$
{dÚmb`m| H$s g§»`m 250 200 290 180 80
EH$ {dÚmb` H$m `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$`m J`m & Vmo :
(i) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 100 go A{YH$ H§$ß`yQ>a hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
kmV H$s{OE & 1
(ii) (H$) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 50 `m 50 go H$_ H§$ß`yQ>a hmoZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm kmV H$s{OE & 2
AWdm
(ii) (I) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 20 go A{YH$ H§$ß`yQ>a Z hmoZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm kmV H$s{OE & 2
(iii) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 10 `m 10 go H$_ H§$ß`yQ>a hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
kmV H$s{OE & 1
J{UV (_mZH$)
MATHEMATICS (STANDARD)
*
:3 : 80
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 80
ZmoQ> / NOTE :
(i) - 23
Please check that this question paper contains 23 printed pages.
(ii) - - -
-
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on the title
page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) - 38
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) -
Please write down the serial number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) - 15 -
10.15 10.15 10.30 -
-
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper will be
distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will read the
question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book during this period.
(iv) 21 25 (VSA)
(v) 26 31 (SA)
(vi) 32 35 (LA)
(vii) 36 38
(viii) 2 2
2 3
22
(ix) =
7
(x)
IÊS> H$
(MCQ) 1
1. `{X ~hþnX x2 3kx + 4k H$m EH$ eyÝ`H$, Xÿgao eyÝ`H$ H$m XþJwZm h¡, Vmo k H$m _mZ
h¡ :
(a) 2 (b) 2
1 1
(c) (d)
2 2
SECTION A
1. If one zero of the polynomial x2 3kx + 4k be twice the other, then the
value of k is :
(a) 2 (b) 2
1 1
(c) (d)
2 2
2. The ratio in which the x-axis divides the line segment joining the points
( 2, 3) and (6, 7) is :
(a) 1:3 (b) 3:7
(c) 7:3 (d) 1:2
(a) 3 d2 (b) 2 d2
1 3
(c) d2 (d) d2
2 4
4. {ÌÁ`m 14 cm dmbo EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ {ÌÁ`I§S>, {OgH$m Ho$ÝÐr` H$moU 90 h¡, H$s g§JV Mmn H$s
bå~m ?
(a) 22 cm (b) 44 cm
(c) 88 cm (d) 11 cm
5. `{X x = 0·3, g_rH$aU x2 0·9k = 0 H$m EH$ _yb h¡, Vmo k ~am~a h¡ :
(a) 1 (b) 10
(c) 0·1 (d) 100
(a) 9 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 4 cm (d) 1 cm
(a) 3 d2 (b) 2 d2
1 3
(c) d2 (d) d2
2 4
4. What is the length of the arc of the sector of a circle with radius 14 cm
and of central angle 90 ?
(a) 22 cm (b) 44 cm
(c) 88 cm (d) 11 cm
(a) 9 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 4 cm (d) 1 cm
11. Xmo nmgm| H$mo EH$ ~ma CN>mbZo na, XmoZm| àmßV A§H$m| H$m JwUZ\$b 12 àmßV hmoZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm h¡ :
1 2
(a) (b)
9 9
4 5
(c) (d)
9 9
12. `{X Am¡a ~hþnX ax2 5x + c Ho$ eyÝ`H$ h¢ Am¡a + = = 10 h¡, Vmo :
1 5
(a) a = 5, c = (b) a = 1, c =
2 2
5 1
(c) a= , c=1 (d) a= , c=5
2 2
12. 2 5x + c and
+ = = 10, then :
1 5
(a) a = 5, c = (b) a = 1, c =
2 2
5 1
(c) a= , c=1 (d) a= , c=5
2 2
30/2/2 JJJJ Page 7 P.T.O.
13. EH$ W¡bo _| 100 nÎmo h¢ {OZ na 1 go 100 VH$ H$s g§»`mE± A§{H$V h¢ & Bg W¡bo _| go EH$
nÎmm `mÑÀN>`m {ZH$mbm OmVm h¡ & Bg nÎmo na EH$ nyU© KZ g§»`m A§{H$V hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
?
1 3
(a) (b)
20 50
1 7
(c) (d)
25 100
(a) 2 (b) 3
9
(c) 5 (d)
2
15. `{X g_rH$aU `w½_ 3x y+8=0 Am¡a 6x ry + 16 = 0 Ûmam {Zê${nV aoImE± g§nmVr
h¢, Vmo H$m _mZ hmoJm :
1 1
(a) (b)
2 2
(c) 2 (d) 2
16. 6 cm b§~r h¡ & Bg gwB© Ûmam 7:20 a.m. Am¡a 7:55 a.m. Ho$
~rM Omo H$moU a{MV hmoJm, dh h¡ :
35 35
(a) (b)
4 2
(c) 35 (d) 70
30/2/2 JJJJ Page 8
13. A bag contains 100 cards numbered 1 to 100. A card is drawn at random
from the bag. What is the probability that the number on the card is a
perfect cube ?
1 3
(a) (b)
20 50
1 7
(c) (d)
25 100
(a) 2 (b) 3
9
(c) 5 (d)
2
1 1
(a) (b)
2 2
(c) 2 (d) 2
(c) 35 (d) 70
19 20 1
(A) (R)
(a), (b), (c) (d)
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢ Am¡a VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢, naÝVw VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) ghr h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) µJbV h¡ &
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) µJbV h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) ghr h¡ &
19. (A) : ~hþnX p(x) = x2 + 3x + 3 Ho$ Xmo dmñV{dH$ eyÝ`H$ h¢ &
(R) : EH$ {ÛKmV ~hþnX Ho$ A{YH$-go-A{YH$ Xmo dmñV{dH$ eyÝ`H$ hmo gH$Vo h¢ &
20. (A) : `{X H|$Ð O dmbo d¥Îm na ~mø q~Xþ P go Xmo ñne©-aoImE± PA Am¡a PB
ItMr JB© h¢, Vmo MVw^w©O AOBP MH«$s` hmoJm &
(R) : {H$gr ~mø q~Xþ go {H$gr d¥Îm na ItMr JB© Xmo ñne©-aoImAm| Ho$ ~rM H$m
H$moU ñne© q~XþAm| H$mo {_bmZo dmbo aoImI§S> Ûmam H|$Ð na A§V[aV H$moU
H$m g§nyaH$ hmoVm h¡ &
30/2/2 JJJJ Page 10
17. In the given figure, the quadrilateral PQRS circumscribes a circle. Here
PA + CS is equal to :
(a) QR (b) PR
(c) PS (d) PQ
18. If and are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial p(x) = x2 ax b,
2
then the value of 2 + is :
(a) a2 2b (b) a2 + 2b
2 2
(c) b 2a (d) b + 2a
Questions number 19 and 20 are Assertion and Reason based questions carrying
1 mark each. Two statements are given, one labelled as Assertion (A) and the
other is labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from
the codes (a), (b), (c) and (d) as given below.
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not
the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
19. Assertion (A) : The polynomial p(x) = x2 + 3x + 3 has two real zeroes.
Reason (R): A quadratic polynomial can have at most two real zeroes.
20. Assertion (A) : If PA and PB are tangents drawn from an external point
P to a circle with centre O, then the quadrilateral AOBP
is cyclic.
Reason (R): The angle between two tangents drawn from an external
point to a circle is supplementary to the angle subtended
by the line segment joining the points of contact at the
centre.
30/2/2 JJJJ Page 11 P.T.O.
IÊS> I
(VSA) 2
22. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, d¥Îm H$m H|$Ð O h¡ & q~Xþ A go Bg d¥Îm na AB Am¡a AC ñne©-aoImE±
ItMr JB© h¢ & `{X BAC = 65 h¡, Vmo BOC H$s _mn kmV H$s{OE &
3
23. (H$) `{X 4 cot2 45 sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = h¡, Vmo p H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
4
AWdm
(I) `{X cos A + cos2 A = 1 h¡, Vmo sin2 A + sin4 A H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
24. Xem©BE {H$ q~Xþ ( 2, 3), (8, 3) Am¡a (6, 7) EH$ g_H$moU {Ì^wO Ho$ erf© h¢ &
n
25. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ 4 H$^r ^r eyÝ` (0) na g_mßV Zht hmoVm h¡, Ohm± n EH$ àmH¥$V g§»`m h¡ &
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks each.
21. (a) The length of the shadow of a tower on the plane ground is 3
times the height of the tower. Find the angle of elevation of
the sun.
OR
(b) The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point on the
ground which is 30 m away from the foot of the tower, is 30 . Find
the height of the tower.
22. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle. AB and AC are tangents
drawn to the circle from point A. If BAC = 65 , then find the measure of
BOC.
2 3
23. (a) If 4 cot 45 sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = , then find the value of p.
4
OR
(b) If cos A + cos2 A = 1, then find the value of sin2 A + sin4 A.
24. Show that the points ( 2, 3), (8, 3) and (6, 7) are the vertices of a
right-angled triangle.
n
25. Prove that 4 can never end with digit 0, where n is a natural number.
(SA) 3
28. (H$) g§»`mAm| 18180 Am¡a 7575 H$m A^mÁ` JwUZI§S>Z >{d{Y Ûmam LCM kmV
H$s{OE & BZ Xmo g§»`mAm| H$m HCF ^r kmV H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) VrZ K§{Q>`m± 6, 12 Am¡a 18 {_ZQ>m| Ho$ A§Vamb na ~OVt h¢ & `{X `o VrZm| K§{Q>`m±
EH$ gmW 6 a.m. na ~Ot hm|, Vmo CgHo$ níMmV² do VrZm| EH$ gmW H$~ ~O|Jr ?
29. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, d¥Îm H$m H|$Ð O VWm QPR d¥Îm Ho$ q~Xþ P na ñne©-aoIm h¡ & {gÕ
H$s{OE {H$ QAP + APR = 90 .
This section comprises of short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
OR
28. (a) Find by prime factorisation the LCM of the numbers 18180 and
7575. Also, find the HCF of the two numbers.
OR
29. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle and QPR is a tangent to it
at P. Prove that QAP + APR = 90 .
IÊS> K
(LA) 5
32.
3 {_ZQ> H$s 100 Ad{Y`m| _| {H$VZr h¢ Am¡a Bgo ZrMo Xr JB© Vm{bH$m _| gmam§{eV {H$`m
_mÜ`H$ kmV H$s{OE &
H$mam| H$s
0 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80
g§»`m
~ma§~maVm
7 14 13 12 20 11 15 8
(Ad{Y`m±)
33. (H$) EH$ {Ì^wO ABC H$s ^wOmE± AB Am¡a BC VWm _mpÜ`H$m AD EH$ AÝ` {Ì^wO
PQR PQ Am¡a QR VWm _mpÜ`H$m PM Ho$ g_mZwnmVr h¢ &
Xem©BE {H$ ABC PQR h¡ &
AWdm
(I) g_m§Va MVw^w©O ABCD H$s ^wOm CD Ho$ _Ü`-q~Xþ M go EH$ aoIm BM ItMr JB©
Omo {dH$U© AC H$mo q~Xþ L AD H$mo q~Xþ E na H$mQ>Vr h¡ &
{gÕ H$s{OE {H$ EL = 2BL.
30/2/2 JJJJ Page 16
30. If Q(0, 1) is equidistant from P(5, 3) and R(x, 6), find the values of x.
31. Reeti prepares a Rakhi for her brother Ronit. The Rakhi consists of a
rectangle of length 8 cm and breadth 6 cm inscribed in a circle as shown
in the figure. Find the area of the shaded region. (Use = 3·14)
SECTION D
This section comprises long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32. A student noted the number of cars passing through a spot on a road for
100 periods each of 3 minutes and summarised it in the table given
below. Find the mean and median of the following data.
Number of
0 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80
cars
Frequency
7 14 13 12 20 11 15 8
(periods)
35. (H$) EH$ _rZma Ho$ nmX-q~Xþ go 30 m D±$Mr Xÿgar _rZma Ho$ {eIa H$m CÞ`Z H$moU 60
h¡ Am¡a Xÿgar _rZma Ho$ nmX-q~Xþ go nhbr _rZma Ho$ {eIa H$m CÞ`Z H$moU 30 h¡ &
XmoZm| _rZmam| Ho$ ~rM H$s Xÿar Am¡a nhbr _rZma H$s D±$MmB© ^r kmV H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) 100 m
30 Am¡a 45 Ho$ AdZ_Z H$moU dmbr Xmo H$mam| H$mo XoIVm h¡ & XmoZm| H$mam| Ho$ ~rM
H$s Xÿar kmV H$s{OE & ( 3 = 1·73 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
IÊS> L>
3 4
àH$aU AÜ``Z 1
36. H§$ß`yQ>a-AmYm[aV {ejU {H$gr ^r Eogr {ejU nÕ{V H$mo g§X{^©V H$aVm h¡ Omo gyMZm
àgmaU Ho$ {bE H§$ß`yQ>am| H$m Cn`moJ H$aVr h¡ & àmW{_H$ {dÚmb` ñVa na, _ëQ>r_r{S>`m
nmR> `moOZmAm| H$mo àX{e©V H$aZo Ho$ {bE H§$ß`yQ>a AZwà`moJm| H$m Cn`moJ {H$`m Om gH$Vm h¡ &
Ag_ Ho$ 1000 àmW{_H$ Am¡a _mÜ`{_H$ {dÚmb`m| na EH$ gd}jU {H$`m J`m Wm Am¡a
CZHo$ nmg {OVZo H§$ß`yQ>a Wo, CZHo$ AmYma na CÝh| dJuH¥$V {H$`m J`m Wm &
SECTION E
This section comprises 3 case study based questions of 4 marks each.
Case Study 1
Case Study 2
37. In an annual day function of a school, the organizers wanted to give a
cash prize along with a memento to their best students. Each memento is
made as shown in the figure and its base ABCD is shown from the front
side. The rate of silver plating is 20 per cm2.
38. EH$ H$m°\$s XþH$mZ _| H$m°\$s Xmo Vah Ho$ H$n _| namogr OmVr h¡ & EH$ H$n ~obZmH$ma h¡
{OgH$m ì`mg 7 cm VWm D±$MmB© 14 cm h¡ Am¡a Xÿgam H$n AY©Jmobr` AmH$ma H$m h¡
{OgH$m ì`mg 21 cm h¡ &
(i) ~obZmH$ma H$n Ho$ AmYma H$m joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OE & 1
(ii) (H$) ? 2
AWdm
(ii) (I) ~obZmH$ma H$n H$s j_Vm kmV H$s{OE & 2
38. In a coffee shop, coffee is served in two types of cups. One is cylindrical in
shape with diameter 7 cm and height 14 cm and the other is
hemispherical with diameter 21 cm.
OR
J{UV (_mZH$)
MATHEMATICS (STANDARD)
*
:3 : 80
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 80
ZmoQ> / NOTE :
(i) - 23
Please check that this question paper contains 23 printed pages.
(ii) - - -
-
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on the title
page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) - 38
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) -
Please write down the serial number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) - 15 -
10.15 10.15 10.30 -
-
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper will be
distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will read the
question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book during this period.
(iv) 21 25 (VSA)
(v) 26 31 (SA)
(vi) 32 35 (LA)
(vii) 36 38
(viii) 2 2
2 3
22
(ix) =
7
(x)
IÊS> H$
(MCQ) 1
1. `{X EH$ àmH¥$V g§»`m h¡, Vmo {ZåZ{b{IV _| go H$m¡Z-gr g§»`m eyÝ` (0) na g_mßV
hmoVr h¡ ?
n n
(a) (3 2) (b) (2 5)
n n
(c) (6 2) (d) (5 3)
2. EH$ bm°Q>ar _|, 5 nwañH$ma Am¡a 20 [aº$ ñWmZ h¢ & nwañH$ma {_bZo H$s àm{`H$Vm h¡ :
1 1
(a) (b)
4 20
1 1
(c) (d)
25 5
3. `{X 2x + 3y = 15 Am¡a 3x + 2y = 25 h¡, Vmo x y H$m _mZ h¡ :
(a) 10 (b) 8
(c) 10 (d) 8
30/2/3 JJJJ Page 2
General Instructions :
Read the following instructions very carefully and strictly follow them :
(i) This question paper contains 38 questions. All questions are compulsory.
(ii) This question paper is divided into five Sections A, B, C, D and E.
(iii) In Section A, Questions no. 1 to 18 are multiple choice questions (MCQs) and
questions number 19 and 20 are Assertion-Reason based questions of 1 mark
each.
(iv) In Section B, Questions no. 21 to 25 are very short answer (VSA) type
questions, carrying 2 marks each.
(v) In Section C, Questions no. 26 to 31 are short answer (SA) type questions,
carrying 3 marks each.
(vi) In Section D, Questions no. 32 to 35 are long answer (LA) type questions
carrying 5 marks each.
(vii) In Section E, Questions no. 36 to 38 are case study based questions carrying
4 marks each. Internal choice is provided in 2 marks questions in each
case-study.
(viii) There is no overall choice. However, an internal choice has been provided in
2 questions in Section B, 2 questions in Section C, 2 questions in Section D and
3 questions in Section E.
22
(ix) Draw neat diagrams wherever required. Take = wherever required, if not
7
stated.
(x) Use of calculators is not allowed.
SECTION A
This section comprises multiple choice questions (MCQs) of 1 mark each.
1.
zero ?
n n
(a) (3 2) (b) (2 5)
n n
(c) (6 2) (d) (5 3)
2. In a lottery, there are 5 prizes and 20 blanks. The probability of getting a
prize is :
1 1
(a) (b)
4 20
1 1
(c) (d)
25 5
(a) 2 cm (b ) 6 cm
(c) 8 cm (d) 18 cm
6. `{X EH$ e§Hw$ Ho$ AmYma H$m joÌ\$b 51 cm2 Am¡a BgH$m Am`VZ 85 cm3 h¡, Vmo Bg e§Hw$
H$s D$Üdm©Ya D±$MmB© hmoJr :
5 5
(a) cm (b) cm
6 3
5
(c) cm (d) 5 cm
2
7. {ÌÁ`m 14 cm dmbo EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ {ÌÁ`I§S>, {OgH$m Ho$ÝÐr` H$moU 90 h¡, H$s g§JV Mmn H$s
?
(a) 22 cm (b) 44 cm
(c) 88 cm (d) 11 cm
30/2/3 JJJJ Page 4
4. In the given figure, A= C, AB = 6 cm, AP = 12 cm, CP = 4 cm. Then
length of CD is :
(a) 2 cm (b ) 6 cm
(c) 8 cm (d) 18 cm
6. If the area of the base of a cone is 51 cm2 and its volume is 85 cm3, then
the vertical height of the cone is given as :
5 5
(a) cm (b) cm
6 3
5
(c) cm (d) 5 cm
2
7. What is the length of the arc of the sector of a circle with radius 14 cm
and of central angle 90 ?
(a) 22 cm (b) 44 cm
(c) 88 cm (d) 11 cm
(a) 9 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 4 cm (d) 1 cm
30/2/3 JJJJ Page 6
8. The coordinates of the vertex A of a rectangle ABCD whose three vertices
are given as B(0, 0), C(3, 0) and D(0, 4) are :
(a) (4, 0) (b) (0, 3)
(c) (3, 4) (d) (4, 3)
x y
9. The area of the triangle formed by the line = 1 with the coordinate
a b
axes is :
1
(a) ab (b) ab
2
1
(c) ab (d) 2ab
4
10. The hour-hand of a clock is 6 cm long. The angle swept by it between
7:20 a.m. and 7:55 a.m. is :
35 35
(a) (b)
4 2
(c) 35 (d) 70
11. The zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = x2 + 4x + 3 are given by :
(a) 1, 3 (b) 1, 3
(c) 1, 3 (d) 1, 3
12. In the given figure, AB PQ. If AB = 6 cm, PQ = 2 cm and OB = 3 cm,
then the length of OP is :
(a) 9 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 4 cm (d) 1 cm
30/2/3 JJJJ Page 7 P.T.O.
13. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ n[aJV EH$ MVw^w©O PQRS ~Zm h¡ & `hm± PA + CS ~am~a
h¡ :
14. `{X ~hþnX 6x2 + 37x (k 2) H$m EH$ eyÝ`H$, Xÿgao eyÝ`H$ H$m ì`wËH«$_ hmo, Vmo k H$m
`m hmoJm ?
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 6 (d) 4
3 4
(a) (b)
8 8
5 7
(c) (d)
8 8
16. `{X g_rH$aU `w½_ 3x y+8=0 Am¡a 6x ry + 16 = 0 Ûmam {Zê${nV aoImE± g§nmVr
h¢, Vmo H$m _mZ hmoJm :
1 1
(a) (b)
2 2
(c) 2 (d) 2
(a) QR (b) PR
(c) PS (d) PQ
14. If one zero of the polynomial 6x2 + 37x (k 2) is reciprocal of the other,
then what is the value of k ?
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 6 (d) 4
15. If three coins are tossed simultaneously, what is the probability of getting
at most one tail ?
3 4
(a) (b)
8 8
5 7
(c) (d)
8 8
19 20 1
(A) (R)
(a), (b), (c) (d)
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢ Am¡a VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢, naÝVw VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) ghr h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) µJbV h¡ &
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) µJbV h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) ghr h¡ &
19. (A) : d¥Îm Ho$ {H$gr q~Xþ na ñne©-aoIm ñne© q~Xþ go OmZo dmbr {ÌÁ`m na bå~
hmoVr h¡ &
(R) : ~mø q~Xþ go d¥Îm na ItMr JB© ñne©-aoImAm| H$s bå~mB`m± ~am~a hmoVr h¢ &
20. (A) : ~hþnX p(x) = x2 + 3x + 3 Ho$ Xmo dmñV{dH$ eyÝ`H$ h¢ &
(R) : EH$ {ÛKmV ~hþnX Ho$ A{YH$-go-A{YH$ Xmo dmñV{dH$ eyÝ`H$ hmo gH$Vo h¢ &
IÊS> I
(VSA) 2
20. Assertion (A) : The polynomial p(x) = x2 + 3x + 3 has two real zeroes.
Reason (R): A quadratic polynomial can have at most two real zeroes.
SECTION B
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks each.
21. (a) The length of the shadow of a tower on the plane ground is 3
times the height of the tower. Find the angle of elevation of the
sun.
OR
(b) The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point on the
ground which is 30 m away from the foot of the tower, is 30 . Find
the height of the tower.
23. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, d¥Îm H$m H|$Ð O h¡ & q~Xþ A go Bg d¥Îm na AB Am¡a AC ñne©-aoImE±
ItMr JB© h¢ & `{X BAC = 65 h¡, Vmo BOC H$s _mn kmV H$s{OE &
3
24. (H$) `{X 4 cot2 45 sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = h¡, Vmo p H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
4
AWdm
(I) `{X cos A + cos2 A = 1 h¡, Vmo sin2 A + sin4 A H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
25. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ 6 7 EH$ An[a_o` g§»`m h¡, {X`m J`m h¡ {H$ 7 EH$ An[a_o`
g§»`m h¡ &
IÊS> J
(SA) 3
cos 2 sin3
+ = 1 + sin cos
1 tan sin cos
27. 14 cm {ÌÁ`m dmbo EH$ d¥Îm H$s H$moB© Ordm Ho$ÝÐ na 60 H$m H$moU A§V[aV H$aVr h¡ & g§JV
bKw d¥ÎmI§S> H$m joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OE & ( = 3·14 Am¡a 3 = 1·73 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
30/2/3 JJJJ Page 12
22. Show that the points ( 2, 3), (8, 3) and (6, 7) are the vertices of a
right-angled triangle.
23. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle. AB and AC are tangents
drawn to the circle from point A. If BAC = 65 , then find the measure of
BOC.
2 3
24. (a) If 4 cot 45 sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = , then find the value of p.
4
OR
(b) If cos A + cos2 A = 1, then find the value of sin2 A + sin4 A.
SECTION C
This section comprises of short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
AWdm
(I) VrZ K§{Q>`m± 6, 12 Am¡a 18 {_ZQ>m| Ho$ A§Vamb na ~OVt h¢ & `{X `o VrZm| K§{Q>`m±
EH$ gmW 6 a.m. na ~Ot hm|, Vmo CgHo$ níMmV² do VrZm| EH$ gmW H$~ ~O|Jr ?
29. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, d¥Îm H$m H|$Ð O VWm QPR d¥Îm Ho$ q~Xþ P na ñne©-aoIm h¡ & {gÕ
H$s{OE {H$ QAP + APR = 90 .
30. `{X q~Xþ Q(0, 1), q~XþAm| P(5, 3) Am¡a R(x, 6) go EH$g_mZ Xÿar na hmo, Vmo x Ho$ _mZ
kmV H$s{OE &
Ho$ An[a{_V ê$n go AZoH$ hb hm|, Vmo Am¡a Ho$ _mZ kmV H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) `{X 217x + 131y = 913 Am¡a 131x + 217y = 827 hm|, Vmo x Am¡a y Ho$ _mZ
kmV H$aZo Ho$ {bE g_rH$aU hb H$s{OE &
OR
29. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle and QPR is a tangent to it
at P. Prove that QAP + APR = 90 .
30. If Q(0, 1) is equidistant from P(5, 3) and R(x, 6), find the values of x.
OR
32. {ZåZ ~ma§~maVm ~§Q>Z H$m ~hþbH$ 55 h¡ & bwßV ~ma§~maVmE± Am¡a kmV H$s{OE &
dJ© AÝVamb 0 15 15 30 30 45 45 60 60 75 75 90 `moJ
~ma§~maVm 6 7 a 15 10 b 51
33. àoaUm nhbo _hrZo _| < 32 ~MmVr h¡, Xÿgao _hrZo _| < 36 Am¡a Vrgao _hrZo _| < 40 &
`{X dh Bgr Vah go à{V _mh ~MV H$ao, Vmo dh {H$VZo _hrZm| _| < 2,000 H$s ~MV H$a
boJr ?
34. (H$) EH$ {Ì^wO ABC H$s ^wOmE± ABAm¡a BC VWm _mpÜ`H$m AD EH$ AÝ` {Ì^wO
PQR PQ Am¡a QR VWm _mpÜ`H$m PM Ho$ g_mZwnmVr h¢ &
Xem©BE {H$ ABC PQR h¡ &
AWdm
(I) g_m§Va MVw^w©O ABCD H$s ^wOm CD Ho$ _Ü`-q~Xþ go EH$ aoIm BM ItMr JB©
M
Omo {dH$U© AC H$mo q~Xþ L AD H$mo q~Xþ E na H$mQ>Vr h¡ &
{gÕ H$s{OE {H$ EL = 2BL.
35. (H$) g_wÐ-Vb go 75 m D±$Mr bmBQ>-hmD$g Ho$ {eIa go XoIZo na Xmo g_wÐr OhmOm| Ho$
AdZ_Z H$moU 30 Am¡a 60 h¢ & `{X bmBQ>-hmD$g Ho$ EH$ hr Amoa EH$
OhmO Xÿgao OhmO Ho$ R>rH$ nrN>o hmo, Vmo Xmo OhmOm| Ho$ ~rM H$s Xÿar kmV H$s{OE &
( 3 = 1·73 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
AWdm
(I) ^y{_ Ho$ EH$ q~Xþ go EH$ 30 m D±$Mo ^dZ Ho$ {eIa na bJr EH$ g§Mma _rZma Ho$
Vb Am¡a {eIa Ho$ CÞ`Z H$moU H«$_e: 30 Am¡a 60 h¢ & g§Mma _rZma H$s D±$MmB©
kmV H$s{OE & ( 3 = 1·73 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
This section comprises long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32. The mode of the following frequency distribution is 55. Find the missing
33. Prerna saves < 32 during the first month, < 36 in the second month and
< 40 in the third month. If she continues to save in this manner, in how
many months will she save < 2,000 ?
35. (a) As observed from the top of a 75 m high lighthouse from the
sea-level, the angles of depression of two ships are 30 and 60 . If
one ship is exactly behind the other on the same side of the
lighthouse, find the distance between the two ships.
(Use 3 = 1·73)
OR
(b) From a point on the ground, the angle of elevation of the bottom
and top of a transmission tower fixed at the top of 30 m high
building are 30 and 60 , respectively. Find the height of the
transmission tower. (Use 3 = 1·73)
àH$aU AÜ``Z 1
36. EH$ H$m°\$s XþH$mZ _| H$m°\$s Xmo Vah Ho$ H$n _| namogr OmVr h¡ & EH$ H$n ~obZmH$ma h¡
{OgH$m ì`mg 7 cm VWm D±$MmB© 14 cm h¡ Am¡a Xÿgam H$n AY©Jmobr` AmH$ma H$m h¡
{OgH$m ì`mg 21 cm h¡ &
(i) ~obZmH$ma H$n Ho$ AmYma H$m joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OE & 1
(ii) (H$) ? 2
AWdm
Case Study 1
36. In a coffee shop, coffee is served in two types of cups. One is cylindrical in
shape with diameter 7 cm and height 14 cm and the other is
hemispherical with diameter 21 cm.
OR
37. H§$ß`yQ>a-AmYm[aV {ejU {H$gr ^r Eogr {ejU nÕ{V H$mo g§X{^©V H$aVm h¡ Omo gyMZm
àgmaU Ho$ {bE H§$ß`yQ>am| H$m Cn`moJ H$aVr h¡ & àmW{_H$ {dÚmb` ñVa na, _ëQ>r_r{S>`m
nmR> `moOZmAm| H$mo àX{e©V H$aZo Ho$ {bE H§$ß`yQ>a AZwà`moJm| H$m Cn`moJ {H$`m Om gH$Vm h¡ &
Ag_ Ho$ 1000 àmW{_H$ Am¡a _mÜ`{_H$ {dÚmb`m| na EH$ gd}jU {H$`m J`m Wm Am¡a
CZHo$ nmg {OVZo H§$ß`yQ>a Wo, CZHo$ AmYma na CÝh| dJuH¥$V {H$`m J`m Wm &
101 Am¡aBggo
H§$ß`yQ>am| H$s g§»`m 1 10 11 20 21 50 51 100
A{YH$
{dÚmb`m| H$s g§»`m 250 200 290 180 80
EH$ {dÚmb` H$m `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$`m J`m & Vmo :
(i) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 100 go A{YH$ H§$ß`yQ>a hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
kmV H$s{OE & 1
(ii) (H$) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 50 `m 50 go H$_ H§$ß`yQ>a hmoZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm kmV H$s{OE & 2
AWdm
(ii) (I) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 20 go A{YH$ H§$ß`yQ>a Z hmoZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm kmV H$s{OE & 2
(iii) `mÑÀN>`m M`Z {H$E JE {dÚmb` _| 10 `m 10 go H$_ H§$ß`yQ>a hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
kmV H$s{OE & 1
38. EH$ {dÚmb` Ho$ dm{f©H$ {Xdg na à~§YH$m| Zo AnZo g~go hmoZhma {dÚm{W©`m| H$mo ZH$X
nwañH$ma Ho$ gmW-gmW ñ_¥{V-
O¡gm ~Zdm`m J`m VWm BgH$m AmYma ABCD gm_Zo H$s Amoa go {XIVm Wm & {gëda
ßboqQ>J H$m IM© < 20 à{V dJ© go_r h¡ &
(ii) 1
(iii) (a) What is the total cost of silver plating the shaded part
ABCD ? 2
OR
(iii) (b) What is the length of arc CD ? 2
ZmoQ> / NOTE :
(i) H¥$n`m Om±M H$a b| {H$ Bg àíZ-nÌ _| _w{ÐV n¥ð> 15 h¢Ÿ&
Please check that this question paper contains 15 printed pages.
(ii) àíZ-nÌ _| Xm{hZo hmW H$s Amoa {XE JE àíZ-nÌ H$moS> H$mo N>mÌ CÎma-nwpñVH$m Ho$ _wI-n¥ð> na
{bI|&
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on
the title page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) H¥$n`m Om±M H$a b| {H$ Bg àíZ-nÌ _| 38 àíZ h¢&
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) H¥$n`m àíZ H$m CÎma {bIZm ewê$ H$aZo go nhbo, CÎma-nwpñVH$m _| àíZ H$m H«$_m§H$ Adí`
{bI|&
Please write down the Serial Number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) Bg àíZ-nÌ H$mo n‹T>Zo Ho$ {bE 15 {_ZQ> H$m g_` {X`m J`m h¡& àíZ-nÌ H$m {dVaU nydm©• _|
10.15 ~Oo {H$`m OmEJm& 10.15 ~Oo go 10.30 ~Oo VH$ N>mÌ Ho$db àíZ-nÌ H$mo n‹T>|Jo Am¡a
Bg Ad{Y Ho$ Xm¡amZ do CÎma-nwpñVH$m na H$moB© CÎma Zht {bI|Jo&
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper
will be distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will
read the question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book
during this period.
IÊS> - H$
IÊS> - H$ _| ~hþ{dH$ënr` àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ 1 A§H$ H$m h¡Ÿ&
1. g~go N>moQ>r g§`wº$ g§»`m Am¡a g~go N>moQ>r A^mÁ` g§»`m Ho$ HCF H$m AZwnmV CZHo$
LCM go h¡ … 1
(a) 1:2 (b) 2:1 (c) 1:1 (d) 1:3
2. g_rH$aU x2 + 3x – 10 = 0 Ho$ _yb h¢ … 1
(a) 2, –5 (b) –2, 5 (c) 2, 5 (d) –2, –5
3. A.P. : 6 , 24 , 54 H$m AJbm nX h¡ … 1
(a) 60 (b) 96 (c) 72 (d) 216
6. {H$gr ~§Q>Z Ho$ ~hþbH$, _mÜ` VWm _mÜ`H$ Ho$ {bE AmZw^m{dH$ g§~§Y h¡ … 1
(a) ~hþbH$ = 3 _mÜ`H$ - 2 _mÜ` (b) ~hþbH$ = 3 _mÜ` - 2 _mÜ`H$
(c) ~hþbH$ = 2 _mÜ`H$ - 3 _mÜ` (d) ~hþbH$ = 2 _mÜ` - 3 _mÜ`H$
30/4/1 2
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS :
Read the following instructions carefully and follow them :
(i) This question paper contains 38 questions. All questions are compulsory.
(ii) Question paper is divided into FIVE sections – Section A, B, C, D and E.
(iii) In section A – question number 1 to 18 are multiple choice questions (MCQs) and
question number 19 and 20 are Assertion-Reason based questions of 1 mark each.
(iv) In section B – question number 21 to 25 are Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions
of 2 marks each.
(v) In section C – question number 26 to 31 are Short Answer (SA) type questions
carrying 3 marks each.
(vi) In section D – question number 32 to 35 are Long Answer (LA) type questions
carrying 5 marks each.
(vii) In section E – question number 36 to 38 are case based integrated units of
assessment questions carrying 4 marks each. Internal choice is provided in 2 marks
question in each case-study.
(viii) There is no overall choice. However, an internal choice has been provided in 2
questions in Section B, 2 questions in Section C, 2 questions in Section D and 3
questions in Section E.
(ix) Draw neat figures wherever required. Take π = 22/7 wherever required if not stated.
(x) Use of calculators is NOT allowed.
SECTION - A
Section - A consists of Multiple Choice type questions of 1 mark each.
1. The ratio of HCF to LCM of the least composite number and the least
prime number is : 1
(a) 1:2 (b) 2:1 (c) 1:1 (d) 1:3
2. The roots of the equation x2 + 3x – 10 = 0 are : 1
(a) 2, –5 (b) –2, 5 (c) 2, 5 (d) –2, –5
30/4/1 5 [P.T.O.
15. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, Ho$ÝÐ O dmbo EH$ d¥Îm na TA EH$ ñne© aoIm h¡ Ohm± OT = 4 go_r.
Am¡a ∠OTA = 30o & TA H$s bå~mB© h¡ … 1
(a) 2 3 go_r.
(b) 2 go_r.
(c) 2 2 go_r.
(d) 3 go_r.
16. {XE JE ∆ ABC _| PQ || BC h¡Ÿ& `{X PB = 6 go_r., AP = 4 go_r. Am¡a AQ = 8
go_r. h¡, Vmo AC H$s bå~mB© hmoJr … 1
(a) 12 go_r.
(b) 20 go_r.
(c) 6 go_r.
(d) 14 go_r.
17. `{X α, β ~hþnX p(x) = 4x2 – 3x – 7 Ho$ eyÝ`m§H$ h¢ Vmo 1 + 1 H$m _mZ h¡ … 1
α β
7 −7 3 −3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 7 7
18. 52 nÎmm| H$s AÀN>r àH$ma go \|$Q>r JB© EH$ JÈ>r go EH$ nÎmm `mÑÀN>`m {ZH$mbm OmVm h¡Ÿ&
{ZH$mbm J`m nÎmm EH$ BŠH$m Zht hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm h¡ … 1
1 9 4 12
(a) (b) (c) (d)
13 13 13 13
{ZX}e … àíZ g§»`m 19 VWm 20 _| EH$ A{^H$WZ (A) Ho$ níMmV² EH$ VH©$-
H$WZ (R) {X`m h¡Ÿ& {ZåZ _| go ghr {dH$ën Mw{ZE …
2
19. A{^H$WZ (A) … EH$ brn-df© _| 53 a{ddma hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm h¡Ÿ&
7
5
VH©$ (R) … EH$ J¡a brn-df© _| 53 a{ddma hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
h¡Ÿ& 1
7
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m Zht H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) gË` h¡ naÝVw H$maU (R) AgË` h¡Ÿ&
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) AgË` h¡ O~{H$ H$maU (R) gË` h¡Ÿ&
30/4/1 6
15. In the given figure, TA is a tangent to the circle with centre O such
that OT = 4 cm, ∠OTA = 30o, then length of TA is : 1
(a) 2 3 cm
(b) 2 cm
(c) 2 2 cm
(d) 3 cm
30/4/1 7 [P.T.O.
20. A{^H$WZ (A) … a, b, c EH$ A.P. Ho$ nX hm|Jo AJa Am¡a Ho$db AJa 2b = a + c &
VH©$ (R) … nhbr "n' {df_ àmH¥$V g§»`mAm| H$m `moJ n2 h¡Ÿ& 1
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m Zht H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) gË` h¡ naÝVw H$maU (R) AgË` h¡Ÿ&
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) AgË` h¡ O~{H$ H$maU (R) gË` h¡Ÿ&
IÊS> - I
IÊS> - I _| A{V bKw-CÎma (VSA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 2 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
21. Xmo g§»`mE§ 2…3 Ho$ AZwnmV _| h¢ Am¡a CZH$m LCM 180 h¡Ÿ& BZ g§»`mAm| H$m HCF
Š`m hmoJm ? 2
22. `{X ~hþnX p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2) H$m EH$ eyÝ`m§H$ Xygao eyÝ`m§H$ H$m ì`wËH«$_
hmo, Vmo k H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
23. (A) {ÛKmV g_rH$aU 2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0 Ho$ _ybm| H$m `moJ Am¡a JwUZ\$b kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
AWdm
(B) {ÛKmV g_rH$aU 4x2 – 5 = 0 H$m {d{dº$H$a (discriminant) kmV H$s{OE
Am¡a g_rH$aU Ho$ _ybm| H$s àH¥${V {b{IEŸ& 2
24. EH$ {Zînj {gŠH$m Xmo ~ma CN>mbm OmVm h¡Ÿ& A{YH$ go A{YH$ EH$ {MV AmZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
5cos 2 60o + 4sec2 30o − tan 2 45o
25. (A) _mZ kmV H$s{OE … 2
sin 2 30o + cos 2 30o
AWdm
(B) `{X A Am¡a B Xmo Eogo Ý`yZ H$moU h¢ {OZHo$ {bE sin (A – B) = 0 Am¡a
2 cos (A + B) – 1 = 0 h¡, Vmo H$moU A Am¡a B kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
IÊS> - J
IÊS> - J _| bKw-CÎma (SA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢ Am¡a àË`oH$ àíZ 3 A§H$ H$m h¡Ÿ&
26. (A) EH$ A.P. {OgH$m nhbm Am¡a nm±Mdm§ nX H«$_e… -14 Am¡a 2 h¡ VWm ApÝV_ nX
62 h¡, Vmo A.P. _| {H$VZo nX h¢ ? 3
AWdm
(B) A.P. : 65, 61, 57, 53, .......... H$m H$m¡Zgm nX g~go nhbm G$UmË_H$ nX hmoJm? 3
27. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ 5 EH$ An[a_o` g§»`m h¡Ÿ& 3
28. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ {H$gr ~mø {~§Xw go {H$gr d¥Îm na ItMr JB© Xmo ñne© aoImAm| Ho$ ~rM H$m
H$moU ñne© q~XwAm| H$mo {_bmZo dmbo aoImIÊS> Ûmam Ho$ÝÐ na A§V[aV H$moU H$m g§nyaH$ hmoVm
h¡Ÿ& 3
30/4/1 8
20. Assertion (A) : a, b, c are in A.P. if and only if 2b = a + c.
Reason (R) : The sum of first n odd natural numbers is n2. 1
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
SECTION – B
Section - B consists of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21. Two numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their LCM is 180. What is the
HCF of these numbers ? 2
22. If one zero of the polynomial p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2) is reciprocal
of the other, then find the value of k. 2
23. (A) Find the sum and product of the roots of the quadratic equation
2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0. 2
OR
(B) Find the discriminant of the quadratic equation 4x2 – 5 = 0 and
hence comment on the nature of roots of the equation. 2
24. If a fair coin is tossed twice, find the probability of getting ‘atmost
one head’. 2
5cos 2 60o + 4sec2 30o − tan 2 45o
25. (A) Evaluate 2
sin 2 30o + cos 2 30o
OR
(B) If A and B are acute angles such that sin (A – B) = 0 and
2 cos (A + B) – 1 = 0, then find angles A and B. 2
SECTION – C
Section - C consists of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
26. (A) How many terms are there in an A.P. whose first and fifth terms
are – 14 and 2, respectively and the last term is 62. 3
OR
(B) Which term of the A.P. : 65, 61, 57, 53, .................. is the first
negative term ? 3
27. Prove that 5 is an irrational number. 3
28. Prove that the angle between the two tangents drawn from an external
point to a circle is supplementary to the angle subtended by the line-
segment joining the points of contact at the centre. 3
30/4/1 9 [P.T.O.
sin A − 2 sin 3A
29. (A) {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ = tan A 3
2cos3A − cos A
AWdm
(B) {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A) = 1 3
30. Xmo g§H|$Ðr` d¥Îmm| H$s {ÌÁ`mE§ 5 go_r. Am¡a 3 go_r. h¢Ÿ& ~‹S>o d¥Îm H$s Ordm, Omo N>moQ>o d¥Îm
H$mo ñne© H$aVr h¡, H$s b§~mB© kmV H$s{OEŸ& 3
31. ‘p’ H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE {OgHo$ {bE {ÛKmV g_rH$aU px(x – 2) + 6 = 0 Ho$ Xmo
~am~a dmñV{dH$ _yb hm|Ÿ& 3
IÊS> - K
IÊS> - K _| XrK©-CÎma (LA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 5 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
32. (A) EH$ grYm amO_mJ© EH$ _rZma Ho$ nmX VH$ OmVm h¡Ÿ& EH$ 75 _r. D±$Mo Q>m°da Ho$
erf© na I‹S>m EH$ ì`{º$ Xmo H$mam| H$mo 30o Am¡a 60o Ho$ AdZ_Z H$moUm| na XoIVm
h¡, Omo Q>m°da Ho$ nmX H$s Amoa Om ahr h¢Ÿ& `{X EH$ H$ma Q>m°da Ho$ Cgr Va\$ Xygar
H$ma Ho$ R>rH$ nrN>o hmo, Vmo XmoZm| H$mam| Ho$ ~rM H$s Xyar kmV H$s{OEŸ& ( 3 = 1.73
br{OE) 5
AWdm
(B) 7 _r. D±$Mo ^dZ Ho$ {eIa go EH$ Ho$~b Q>m°da Ho$ {eIa H$m CÞ`Z H$moU 60o h¡
Am¡a BgHo$ nmX H$m AdZ_Z H$moU 30o h¡Ÿ& Q>m°da H$s D±$MmB© kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
33. (A) EH$ {Ì^wO ABC H$s ^wOm BC na EH$ {~§Xw D Bg àH$ma pñWV h¡ {H$
∠ADC = ∠BAC h¡Ÿ& Xem©BE {H$ CA2 = CB.CD h¡Ÿ& 5
AWdm
(B) AD Am¡a PM {Ì^wOm| ABC Am¡a PQR H$s H«$_e… _mpÜ`H$mE§ h¢, O~{H$
AB AD
∆ABC ~ ∆PQR h¡Ÿ& {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ = h¡Ÿ& 5
PQ PM
34. EH$ N>mÌ H$mo EH$ nVbr Eë`w{_{Z`_ erQ> H$m Cn`moJ H$aHo$ BgHo$ {gam| go Ow‹S>o e§Hw$Am|
Ho$ gmW EH$ ~obZ Ho$ AmH$ma H$m EH$ _m°S>b ~ZmZo Ho$ {b`o H$hm J`m WmŸ& _m°S>b H$m
ì`mg 3 go_r. Am¡a b§~mB© 12 go_r. h¡Ÿ& `{X àË`oH$ e§Hw$ H$s D±$MmB© 2 go_r. h¡, Vmo
_m°S>b Ho$ AÝXa H$s hdm H$m Am`VZ kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
35. EH$ hmCqgJ gmogm`Q>r Ho$ 200 n[admam| _| XyY na _m{gH$ IM© XO© {H$E Omo ZrMo {XE JE
h¢ …
_m{gH$ IM© 1000- 1500- 2000- 2500- 3000- 3500- 4000- 4500-
(`. _|) 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
n[admam| H$s 24 40 33 x 30 22 16 7
g§»`m
x H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE Am¡a XyY na _mÜ`H$ Am¡a _mÜ` IM© ^r kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
30/4/1 10
sin A − 2 sin 3A
29. (A) Prove that = tan A 3
2cos3A − cos A
OR
(B) Prove that sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A) = 1. 3
30. Two concentric circles are of radii 5 cm and 3 cm. Find the length of
the chord of the larger circle which touches the smaller circle. 3
31. Find the value of ‘p’ for which the quadratic equation
px(x – 2) + 6 = 0 has two equal real roots. 3
SECTION – D
Section - D consists of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32. (A) A straight highway leads to the foot of a tower. A man standing
on the top of the 75 m high tower observes two cars at angles of
depression of 30o and 60o, which are approaching the foot of the
tower. If one car is exactly behind the other on the same side of
the tower, find the distance between the two cars. (use 3 = 1.73) 5
OR
(B) From the top of a 7 m high building, the angle of elevation of the
top of a cable tower is 60o and the angle of depression of its foot
is 30o. Determine the height of the tower. 5
33. (A) D is a point on the side BC of a triangle ABC such that
∠ADC = ∠BAC, prove that CA2 = CB.CD 5
OR
(B) If AD and PM are medians of triangles ABC and PQR,
AB AD
respectively where ∆ABC ~ ∆PQR, prove that = . 5
PQ PM
34. A student was asked to make a model shaped like a cylinder with two
cones attached to its ends by using a thin aluminium sheet. The
diameter of the model is 3 cm and its total length is 12 cm. If each
cone has a height of 2 cm, find the volume of air contained in the
model. 5
35. The monthly expenditure on milk in 200 families of a Housing
Society is given below :
Monthly 1000- 1500- 2000- 2500- 3000- 3500- 4000- 4500-
Expenditure 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
(in `)
Number of 24 40 33 x 30 22 16 7
families
Find the value of x and also, find the median and mean expenditure
on milk. 5
30/4/1 11 [P.T.O.
IÊS> - ‹S>
IÊS> - ‹S> _| àH$aU AÜ``Z/n[aÀN>oX AmYm[aV 3 àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 4 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
36. Xmo ñHy$bm| ‘P’ Am¡a ‘Q’ Zo AnZo N>mÌm| H$mo hm°H$s ` x à{V N>mÌ
Am¡a {H«$Ho$Q> ` y à{V N>mÌ Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE nwañH$ma XoZo H$m
\¡$gbm {H$`mŸ& ñHy$b ‘P’ Zo Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE H«$_e… 5 Am¡a 4
N>mÌm| H$mo Hw$b 9,500 é. H$m nwañH$ma XoZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`m,
O~{H$ ñHy$b ‘Q’ Zo Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE H«$_e… 4 Am¡a 3 N>mÌm|
H$mo Hw$b 7,370 é. H$m nwañH$ma XoZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`mŸ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) Cnamoº$ gyMZm H$mo, Mam| x Am¡a y H$m à`moJ H$aHo$,
~rOJ{UVr` ê$n _| ì`º$ H$s{OEŸ& 1
(ii) (a) hm°H$s Ho$ {bE nwañH$ma am{e Š`m h¡ ? 2
AWdm
(b) nwañH$ma am{e {H$g Iob H$s A{YH$ h¡ Am¡a {H$VZr A{YH$ ? 2
(iii) `{X àË`oH$ Iob go 2 N>mÌ hm|, Vmo Hw$b nwañH$ma am{e Š`m hmoJr ? 1
37. OJXre Ho$ nmg EH$ IoV h¡ Omo EH$ g_H$moU {Ì^wO AQC Ho$ AmH$ma H$m h¡Ÿ& dh IoV
Ho$ A§Xa EH$ dJm©H$ma PQRS Ho$ ê$n _| Johÿ± CJmZo Ho$ {bE Am¡a eof gpãO`m± CJmZo Ho$
{bE ({MÌ _| Xem©`o AZwgma) OJh N>mo‹S>Zm MmhVm h¡Ÿ& IoV _|, O Ho$ ê$n _| {M{•V EH$
I§^m h¡Ÿ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) O H$mo _yb q~Xw _mZ H$a, {~§XwAm| P Am¡a Q Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ H«$_e… (-200, 0) Am¡a
(200, 0) h¢Ÿ& PQRS EH$ dJ© hmoZo Ho$ H$maU, R Am¡a S Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ Š`m hm|JoŸ? 1
30/4/1 12
SECTION – E
Section – E consists of three Case Study Based questions of 4 marks each.
36. Two schools ‘P’ and ‘Q’ decided to award
prizes to their students for two games of
Hockey ` x per student and Cricket ` y per
student. School ‘P’ decided to award a total
of ` 9,500 for the two games to 5 and 4
students respectively; while school ‘Q’
decided to award ` 7,370 for the two games
to 4 and 3 students respectively.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions :
(i) Represent the following information algebraically (in terms of x
and y). 1
(ii) (a) What is the prize amount for hockey ? 2
OR
(b) Prize amount on which game is more and by how much ? 2
(iii) What will be the total prize amount if there are 2 students each
from two games ? 1
37. Jagdish has a field which is in the shape of a right angled triangle
AQC. He wants to leave a space in the form of a square PQRS inside
the field for growing wheat and the remaining for growing vegetables
(as shown in the figure). In the field, there is a pole marked as O.
38. XohamXyZ Ho$ EH$ ñWmZr` gmd©O{ZH$ {dH$mg àm{YH$aU H$s Jd{ZªJ H$mC§{gb Zo EH$ nhm‹S>r
H$s MmoQ>r na EH$ gmh{gH$ Iob H$m _¡XmZ ~ZmZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`m, {Og_| nm{Hª$J Ho$ {bE
n`m©á OJh hmoJrŸ&
gd}jU Ho$ níMmV², Am`VmH$ma Iob H$m _¡XmZ ~ZmZo H$m {ZU©` {b`m J`m, {Og_| EH$
Va\$ nm{Hª$J Ho$ {bE EH$ AY©-d¥ÎmmH$ma joÌ A§{H$V hmoŸ& Am`VmH$ma Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ H$s
bå~mB© Am¡a Mm¡‹S>mB© H«$_e… 14 BH$mB© Am¡a 7 BH$mB© h¡Ÿ& Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Ho$ EH$ Amoa
2 BH$mB© {ÌÁ`m Ho$ Xmo MVwWmªe {deof grQ>m| Ho$ {bE h¢Ÿ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) nm{Hª$J joÌ H$m Hw$b n[a_mn {H$VZm h¡ ? 1
(ii) (a) nm{Hª$J joÌ Am¡a Xmo MVwWmªem| H$mo {_bmH$a Hw$b joÌ\$b {H$VZm h¡ ? 2
AWdm
(b) Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Ho$ joÌ\$b Am¡a nm{Hª$J joÌ Ho$ joÌ\$b _| Š`m AZwnmV h¡Ÿ? 2
(iii) Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Am¡a nm{Hª$J joÌ Ho$ Mmam| Amoa Vma bJdmZo H$m IM©, 2 é. à{V
BH$mB© H$s Xa go kmV H$s{OEŸ& 1
30/4/1 14
(ii) (a) What is the area of square PQRS ? 2
OR
(b) What is the length of diagonal PR in square PQRS ? 2
(iii) If S divides CA in the ratio K:1, what is the value of K, where
point A is (200, 800) ? 1
38. Governing council of a local public development authority of
Dehradun decided to build an adventurous playground on the top of a
hill, which will have adequate space for parking.
30/4/1 15 [P.T.O.
30/4/1 16
SET ~ 2
Series WX1YZ/4
àíZ-nÌ H$moS>
Q.P. Code 30/4/2
amob Z§. narjmWu àíZ-nÌ H$moS> H$mo CÎma-nwpñVH$m Ho$
Roll No. _wI-n¥ð> na Adí` {bI|Ÿ&
Candidates must write the Q.P. Code
on the title page of the answer-book.
ZmoQ> / NOTE :
(i) H¥$n`m Om±M H$a b| {H$ Bg àíZ-nÌ _| _w{ÐV n¥ð> 15 h¢Ÿ&
Please check that this question paper contains 15 printed pages.
(ii) àíZ-nÌ _| Xm{hZo hmW H$s Amoa {XE JE àíZ-nÌ H$moS> H$mo N>mÌ CÎma-nwpñVH$m Ho$ _wI-n¥ð> na
{bI|&
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on
the title page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) H¥$n`m Om±M H$a b| {H$ Bg àíZ-nÌ _| 38 àíZ h¢&
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) H¥$n`m àíZ H$m CÎma {bIZm ewê$ H$aZo go nhbo, CÎma-nwpñVH$m _| àíZ H$m H«$_m§H$ Adí`
{bI|&
Please write down the Serial Number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) Bg àíZ-nÌ H$mo n‹T>Zo Ho$ {bE 15 {_ZQ> H$m g_` {X`m J`m h¡& àíZ-nÌ H$m {dVaU nydm©• _|
10.15 ~Oo {H$`m OmEJm& 10.15 ~Oo go 10.30 ~Oo VH$ N>mÌ Ho$db àíZ-nÌ H$mo n‹T>|Jo Am¡a
Bg Ad{Y Ho$ Xm¡amZ do CÎma-nwpñVH$m na H$moB© CÎma Zht {bI|Jo&
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper
will be distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will
read the question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book
during this period.
30/4/2 2
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS :
Read the following instructions carefully and follow them :
(i) This question paper contains 38 questions. All questions are compulsory.
(ii) Question paper is divided into FIVE sections – Section A, B, C, D and E.
(iii) In section A – question number 1 to 18 are multiple choice questions (MCQs) and
question number 19 and 20 are Assertion-Reason based questions of 1 mark each.
(iv) In section B – question number 21 to 25 are Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions
of 2 marks each.
(v) In section C – question number 26 to 31 are Short Answer (SA) type questions
carrying 3 marks each.
(vi) In section D – question number 32 to 35 are Long Answer (LA) type questions
carrying 5 marks each.
(vii) In section E – question number 36 to 38 are case based integrated units of
assessment questions carrying 4 marks each. Internal choice is provided in 2 marks
question in each case-study.
(viii) There is no overall choice. However, an internal choice has been provided in 2
questions in Section B, 2 questions in Section C, 2 questions in Section D and 3
questions in Section E.
(ix) Draw neat figures wherever required. Take π = 22/7 wherever required if not stated.
(x) Use of calculators is NOT allowed.
SECTION - A
Section - A consists of Multiple Choice type questions of 1 mark each.
1. Which of the following is true for all values of θ (0o ≤ θ ≤ 90o) ? 1
(a) cos2 θ – sin2 θ = 1 (b) cosec2 θ – sec2 θ = 1
(c) sec2 θ – tan2 θ = 1 (d) cot2 θ – tan2 θ = 1
2. If k + 2, 4k – 6 and 3k – 2 are three consecutive terms of an A.P.,
then the value of k is : 1
(a) 3 (b) – 3 (c) 4 (d) – 4
3. In ∆ ABC, PQ || BC. If PB = 6 cm, AP = 4 cm, AQ = 8 cm, find the
length of AC. 1
(a) 12 cm
(b) 20 cm
(c) 6 cm
(d) 14 cm
4. The ratio of HCF to LCM of the least composite number and the least
prime number is : 1
(a) 1:2 (b) 2:1 (c) 1:1 (d) 1:3
5. A card is drawn at random from a well-shuffled pack of 52 cards. The
probability that the card drawn is not an ace is : 1
1 9 4 12
(a) (b) (c) (d)
13 13 13 13
30/4/2 3 [P.T.O.
6.
(a) 50 o
(b) 40o
(c) 100 o
(d) 130 o
30/4/2 4
6.
30/4/2 5 [P.T.O.
14. EH$ W¡bo _| 5 bmb J|X Am¡a "n' har J|X h¢Ÿ& `{X har J|X {ZH$mbZo H$s àm{`H$Vm, bmb
J|X {ZH$mbZo H$s àm{`H$Vm H$s VrZ JwZm hmo, Vmo "n' H$m _mZ h¡ … 1
(a) 18 (b) 15 (c) 10 (d) 20
15. `{X α, β {ÛKmV ~hþnX x –1 Ho$ eyÝ`m§H$ h¢, Vmo (α + β) H$m _mZ hmoJm …
2
1
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) –1 (d) 0
16. `{X α, β ~hþnX p(x) = 4x2 – 3x – 7 Ho$ eyÝ`m§H$ h¢ Vmo 1 + 1 H$m _mZ h¡ … 1
α β
7 −7 3 −3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 7 7
17. g_rH$aU `w½_ … 2x = 5y + 6 Am¡a 15y = 6x – 18 {OZ Xmo aoImAm| H$mo {Zê${nV
H$aVm h¡, do h¢ … 1
(a) à{VÀN>oXr aoImE§ (b) g_m§Va aoImE§
(c) g§nmVr aoImE§ (d) à{VÀN>oXr `m g_m§Va aoImE§
18. {~§Xw (–1, 7) H$s x-Aj go Xyar h¡ … 1
(a) –1 (b) 7 (c) 6 (d) 50
{ZX}e … àíZ g§»`m 19 VWm 20 _| EH$ A{^H$WZ (A) Ho$ níMmV² EH$ VH©$-
H$WZ (R) {X`m h¡Ÿ& {ZåZ _| go ghr {dH$ën Mw{ZE …
19. A{^H$WZ (A) … a, b, c EH$ A.P. Ho$ nX hm|Jo AJa Am¡a Ho$db AJa 2b = a + c &
VH©$ (R) … nhbr "n' {df_ àmH¥$V g§»`mAm| H$m `moJ n2 h¡Ÿ& 1
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m Zht H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) gË` h¡ naÝVw H$maU (R) AgË` h¡Ÿ&
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) AgË` h¡ O~{H$ H$maU (R) gË` h¡Ÿ&
2
20. A{^H$WZ (A) … EH$ brn-df© _| 53 a{ddma hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm h¡Ÿ&
7
5
VH©$ (R) … EH$ J¡a brn-df© _| 53 a{ddma hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
h¡Ÿ& 1
7
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m Zht H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) gË` h¡ naÝVw H$maU (R) AgË` h¡Ÿ&
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) AgË` h¡ O~{H$ H$maU (R) gË` h¡Ÿ&
30/4/2 6
14. A bag contains 5 red balls and n green balls. If the probability of
drawing a green ball is three times that of a red ball, then the value of
n is : 1
(a) 18 (b) 15 (c) 10 (d) 20
15. If α, β are zeroes of the polynomial x2–1, then value of (α + β) is : 1
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) –1 (d) 0
16. If α, β are the zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = 4x2 – 3x – 7, then
1 1
α + β is equal to : 1
7 −7 3 −3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 7 7
17. The pair of linear equations 2x = 5y + 6 and 15y = 6x – 18 represents
two lines which are : 1
(a) intersecting (b) parallel
(c) coincident (d) either intersecting or parallel
18. The distance of the point (–1, 7) from x-axis is : 1
(a) –1 (b) 7 (c) 6 (d) 50
DIRECTIONS : In the question number 19 and 20, a statement of
Assertion (A) is followed by a statement of Reason (R). Choose the
correct option out of the following :
19. Assertion (A) : a, b, c are in A.P. if and only if 2b = a + c.
Reason (R) : The sum of first n odd natural numbers is n2. 1
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
2
20. Assertion (A) : The probability that a leap year has 53 Sundays is .
7
5
Reason (R) : The probability that a non-leap year has 53 Sundays is . 1
7
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
30/4/2 7 [P.T.O.
IÊS> - I
IÊS> - I _| A{V bKw-CÎma (VSA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 2 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
5 1
21. (A) _mZ kmV H$s{OE … 2 o
+ 2 o
– cot2 45o + 2 sin290o 2
cot 30 sin 60
AWdm
(B) `{X Ý`yZ H$moU θ Ho$ {bE sin θ = cos θ h¡, Vmo tan2 θ + cot2 θ – 2 H$m _mZ
kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
22. EH$ {Zînj {gŠH$m Xmo ~ma CN>mbm OmVm h¡Ÿ& A{YH$ go A{YH$ EH$ {MV AmZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
23. Xmo g§»`mE§ 2…3 Ho$ AZwnmV _| h¢ Am¡a CZH$m LCM 180 h¡Ÿ& BZ g§»`mAm| H$m HCF
Š`m hmoJm ? 2
24. (A) {ÛKmV g_rH$aU 2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0 Ho$ _ybm| H$m `moJ Am¡a JwUZ\$b kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
AWdm
2
(B) {ÛKmV g_rH$aU 4x – 5 = 0 H$m {d{dº$H$a (discriminant) kmV H$s{OE Am¡a
g_rH$aU Ho$ _ybm| H$s àH¥${V {b{IEŸ& 2
25. `{X ~hþnX p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2) H$m EH$ eyÝ`m§H$ Xygao eyÝ`m§H$ H$m ì`wËH«$_
hmo, Vmo k H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
IÊS> - J
IÊS> - J _| bKw-CÎma (SA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢ Am¡a àË`oH$ àíZ 3 A§H$ H$m h¡Ÿ&
26. Xmo g§H|$Ðr` d¥Îmm| H$s {ÌÁ`mE§ 5 go_r. Am¡a 3 go_r. h¢Ÿ& ~‹S>o d¥Îm H$s Ordm, Omo N>moQ>o d¥Îm
H$mo ñne© H$aVr h¡, H$s b§~mB© kmV H$s{OEŸ& 3
27. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ {H$gr ~mø {~§Xw go {H$gr d¥Îm na ItMr JB© Xmo ñne© aoImAm| Ho$ ~rM H$m
H$moU ñne© q~XwAm| H$mo {_bmZo dmbo aoImIÊS> Ûmam Ho$ÝÐ na A§V[aV H$moU H$m g§nyaH$ hmoVm
h¡Ÿ& 3
28. ‘p’ H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE {OgHo$ {bE {ÛKmV g_rH$aU px(x – 2) + 6 = 0 Ho$ Xmo
~am~a dmñV{dH$ _yb hm|Ÿ& 3
29. (A) EH$ A.P. Ho$ nhbo 15 nXm| H$m `moJ 750 Am¡a nhbm nX 15 h¡Ÿ& BgH$m 20dm§ nX
kmV H$s{OEŸ& 3
AWdm
(B) amohZ 1,000 é. H$s nhbr {H$ñV go ha _hrZo ^wJVmZ H$aHo$ AnZm Hw$b
1,18,000 é. H$m G$U MwH$mVm h¡Ÿ& `{X dh ha _hrZo {H$ñV H$s am{e _| 100 é.
H$s d¥{Õ H$aVm h¡, Vmo 30dt {H$ñV H$s am{e Š`m hmoJr ? 30dt {H$ñV XoZo na G$U
H$s {H$VZr am{e MwH$Vm hmo OmEJrŸ? 3
30/4/2 8
SECTION – B
Section - B consists of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
5 1
21. (A) Evaluate : 2 o
+ 2 o
– cot245o + 2 sin290o 2
cot 30 sin 60
OR
(B) If θ is an acute angle and sin θ = cos θ, find the value of
tan2 θ + cot2 θ – 2. 2
22. If a fair coin is tossed twice, find the probability of getting ‘atmost
one head’. 2
23. Two numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their LCM is 180. What is the
HCF of these numbers ? 2
24. (A) Find the sum and product of the roots of the quadratic equation
2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0. 2
OR
(B) Find the discriminant of the quadratic equation 4x2 – 5 = 0 and
hence comment on the nature of roots of the equation. 2
25. If one zero of the polynomial p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2) is reciprocal
of the other, then find the value of k. 2
SECTION – C
Section - C consists of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26. Two concentric circles are of radii 5 cm and 3 cm. Find the length of
the chord of the larger circle which touches the smaller circle. 3
27. Prove that the angle between the two tangents drawn from an external
point to a circle is supplementary to the angle subtended by the line-
segment joining the points of contact at the centre. 3
28. Find the value of ‘p’ for which the quadratic equation
px(x – 2) + 6 = 0 has two equal real roots. 3
29. (A) The sum of first 15 terms of an A.P. is 750 and its first term is
15. Find its 20th term. 3
OR
(B) Rohan repays his total loan of ` 1,18,000 by paying every month
starting with the first instalment of ` 1,000. If he increases the
instalment by ` 100 every month, what amount will be paid by
him in the 30th instalment ? What amount of loan has he paid
after 30th instalment ? 3
30/4/2 9 [P.T.O.
30. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ 3 EH$ An[a_o` g§»`m h¡Ÿ& 3
sin A − 2 sin 3A
31. (A) {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ = tan A 3
2cos3A − cos A
AWdm
(B) {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A) = 1 3
IÊS> - K
IÊS> - K _| XrK©-CÎma (LA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 5 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
32. 20 go_r. D±$MmB© Am¡a 12 go_r. ì`mg dmbo EH$ R>mog ~obZ go 8 go_r. D±$MmB© Am¡a
6 go_r. {ÌÁ`m dmbr EH$ e§ŠdmH$ma Jwhm H$mo ImoIbm {H$`m OmVm h¡Ÿ& eof R>mog H$m Hw$b
n¥ð>r` joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
33. EH$ hmCqgJ gmogm`Q>r Ho$ 200 n[admam| _| XyY na _m{gH$ IM© XO© {H$E Omo ZrMo {XE JE
h¢ …
_m{gH$ IM© 1000- 1500- 2000- 2500- 3000- 3500- 4000- 4500-
(`. _|) 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
n[admam| H$s 24 40 33 x 30 22 16 7
g§»`m
x H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE Am¡a XyY na _mÜ`H$ Am¡a _mÜ` IM© ^r kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
34. (A) EH$ grYm amO_mJ© EH$ _rZma Ho$ nmX VH$ OmVm h¡Ÿ& EH$ 75 _r. D±$Mo Q>m°da Ho$
erf© na I‹S>m EH$ ì`{º$ Xmo H$mam| H$mo 30o Am¡a 60o Ho$ AdZ_Z H$moUm| na XoIVm
h¡, Omo Q>m°da Ho$ nmX H$s Amoa Om ahr h¢Ÿ& `{X EH$ H$ma Q>m°da Ho$ Cgr Va\$ Xygar
H$ma Ho$ R>rH$ nrN>o hmo, Vmo XmoZm| H$mam| Ho$ ~rM H$s Xyar kmV H$s{OEŸ& ( 3 = 1.73
br{OE) 5
AWdm
(B) 7 _r. D±$Mo ^dZ Ho$ {eIa go EH$ Ho$~b Q>m°da Ho$ {eIa H$m CÞ`Z H$moU 60o h¡
Am¡a BgHo$ nmX H$m AdZ_Z H$moU 30o h¡Ÿ& Q>m°da H$s D±$MmB© kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
35. (A) Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, ∠ADC = ∠BCA h¡Ÿ& {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ ∆ACB ~ ∆ADC Ÿ&
AV… BD H$s bå~mB© kmV H$s{OE, `{X AC = 8 go_r. VWm AD = 3 go_r. Ÿ& 5
AWdm
30/4/2 10
30. Prove that 3 is an irrational number. 3
sin A − 2 sin 3A
31. (A) Prove that = tan A 3
2cos3A − cos A
OR
(B) Prove that sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A) = 1. 3
SECTION – D
Section – D consists of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32. From a solid cylinder of height 20 cm and diameter 12 cm, a conical
cavity of height 8 cm and radius 6 cm is hallowed out. Find the total
surface area of the remaining solid. 5
33. The monthly expenditure on milk in 200 families of a Housing
Society is given below :
Monthly 1000- 1500- 2000- 2500- 3000- 3500- 4000- 4500-
Expenditure 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
(in `)
Number of 24 40 33 x 30 22 16 7
families
Find the value of x and also, find the median and mean expenditure
on milk. 5
34. (A) A straight highway leads to the foot of a tower. A man standing
on the top of the 75 m high tower observes two cars at angles of
depression of 30o and 60o, which are approaching the foot of the
tower. If one car is exactly behind the other on the same side of
the tower, find the distance between the two cars. (use 3 = 1.73) 5
OR
(B) From the top of a 7 m high building, the angle of elevation of the
top of a cable tower is 60o and the angle of depression of its foot
is 30o. Determine the height of the tower. 5
35. (A) In the given figure, ∠ADC = ∠BCA ; prove that
∆ACB ~ ∆ADC. Hence find BD if AC = 8 cm and AD = 3 cm. 5
OR
30/4/2 11 [P.T.O.
(B) `{X {H$gr {Ì^wO H$s EH$ ^wOm Ho$ g_m§Va AÝ` Xmo ^wOmAm| H$mo {^Þ-{^Þ q~XwAm|
na à{VÀN>oX H$aZo Ho$ {bE EH$ aoIm ItMr OmE, Vmo {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ `o AÝ` Xmo
^wOmE§ EH$ hr AZwnmV _| {d^m{OV hmo OmVr h¢Ÿ& 5
IÊS> - ‹S>
IÊS> - ‹S> _| àH$aU AÜ``Z/n[aÀN>oX AmYm[aV 3 àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 4 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
36. OJXre Ho$ nmg EH$ IoV h¡ Omo EH$ g_H$moU {Ì^wO AQC Ho$ AmH$ma H$m h¡Ÿ& dh IoV
Ho$ A§Xa EH$ dJm©H$ma PQRS Ho$ ê$n _| Johÿ± CJmZo Ho$ {bE Am¡a eof gpãO`m± CJmZo Ho$
{bE ({MÌ _| Xem©`o AZwgma) OJh N>mo‹S>Zm MmhVm h¡Ÿ& IoV _|, O Ho$ ê$n _| {M{•V EH$
I§^m h¡Ÿ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) O H$mo _yb q~Xw _mZ H$a, {~§XwAm| P Am¡a Q Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ H«$_e… (-200, 0) Am¡a
(200, 0) h¢Ÿ& PQRS EH$ dJ© hmoZo Ho$ H$maU, R Am¡a S Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ Š`m hm|JoŸ? 1
AWdm
(b) dJ© PQRS _| {dH$U© PR H$s bå~mB© Š`m h¡Ÿ? 2
(iii) `{X q~Xw S, aoImIÊS> CA H$mo AZwnmV K:1 _| {d^m{OV H$ao, Vmo K H$m _mZ
Š`m hmoJm, `{X q~Xw A Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ (200, 800) hm| ? 1
30/4/2 12
(B) If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the
other two sides in distinct points, then prove that the other two
sides are divided in the same ratio. 5
SECTION – E
Section – E consists of three Case Study Based questions of 4 marks each.
36. Jagdish has a field which is in the shape of a right angled triangle
AQC. He wants to leave a space in the form of a square PQRS inside
the field for growing wheat and the remaining for growing vegetables
(as shown in the figure). In the field, there is a pole marked as O.
30/4/2 13 [P.T.O.
37. XohamXyZ Ho$ EH$ ñWmZr` gmd©O{ZH$ {dH$mg àm{YH$aU H$s Jd{ZªJ H$mC§{gb Zo EH$ nhm‹S>r
H$s MmoQ>r na EH$ gmh{gH$ Iob H$m _¡XmZ ~ZmZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`m, {Og_| nm{Hª$J Ho$ {bE
n`m©á OJh hmoJrŸ&
gd}jU Ho$ níMmV², Am`VmH$ma Iob H$m _¡XmZ ~ZmZo H$m {ZU©` {b`m J`m, {Og_| EH$
Va\$ nm{Hª$J Ho$ {bE EH$ AY©-d¥ÎmmH$ma joÌ A§{H$V hmoŸ& Am`VmH$ma Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ H$s
bå~mB© Am¡a Mm¡‹S>mB© H«$_e… 14 BH$mB© Am¡a 7 BH$mB© h¡Ÿ& Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Ho$ EH$ Amoa
2 BH$mB© {ÌÁ`m Ho$ Xmo MVwWmªe {deof grQ>m| Ho$ {bE h¢Ÿ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) nm{Hª$J joÌ H$m Hw$b n[a_mn {H$VZm h¡ ? 1
(ii) (a) nm{Hª$J joÌ Am¡a Xmo MVwWmªem| H$mo {_bmH$a Hw$b joÌ\$b {H$VZm h¡ ? 2
AWdm
(b) Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Ho$ joÌ\$b Am¡a nm{Hª$J joÌ Ho$ joÌ\$b _| Š`m AZwnmV h¡Ÿ? 2
(iii) Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Am¡a nm{Hª$J joÌ Ho$ Mmam| Amoa Vma bJdmZo H$m IM©, 2 é. à{V
BH$mB© H$s Xa go kmV H$s{OEŸ& 1
38. Xmo ñHy$bm| ‘P’ Am¡a ‘Q’ Zo AnZo N>mÌm| H$mo hm°H$s ` x à{V N>mÌ
Am¡a {H«$Ho$Q> ` y à{V N>mÌ Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE nwañH$ma XoZo H$m
\¡$gbm {H$`mŸ& ñHy$b ‘P’ Zo Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE H«$_e… 5 Am¡a 4
N>mÌm| H$mo Hw$b 9,500 é. H$m nwañH$ma XoZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`m,
O~{H$ ñHy$b ‘Q’ Zo Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE H«$_e… 4 Am¡a 3 N>mÌm|
H$mo Hw$b 7,370 é. H$m nwañH$ma XoZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`mŸ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) Cnamoº$ gyMZm H$mo, Mam| x Am¡a y H$m à`moJ H$aHo$,
~rOJ{UVr` ê$n _| ì`º$ H$s{OEŸ& 1
(ii) (a) hm°H$s Ho$ {bE nwañH$ma am{e Š`m h¡ ? 2
AWdm
(b) nwañH$ma am{e {H$g Iob H$s A{YH$ h¡ Am¡a {H$VZr A{YH$ ? 2
(iii) `{X àË`oH$ Iob go 2 N>mÌ hm|, Vmo Hw$b nwañH$ma am{e Š`m hmoJr ? 1
30/4/2 14
37. Governing council of a local public development authority of
Dehradun decided to build an adventurous playground on the top of a
hill, which will have adequate space for parking.
ZmoQ> / NOTE :
(i) H¥$n`m Om±M H$a b| {H$ Bg àíZ-nÌ _| _w{ÐV n¥ð> 15 h¢Ÿ&
Please check that this question paper contains 15 printed pages.
(ii) àíZ-nÌ _| Xm{hZo hmW H$s Amoa {XE JE àíZ-nÌ H$moS> H$mo N>mÌ CÎma-nwpñVH$m Ho$ _wI-n¥ð> na
{bI|&
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on
the title page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) H¥$n`m Om±M H$a b| {H$ Bg àíZ-nÌ _| 38 àíZ h¢&
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) H¥$n`m àíZ H$m CÎma {bIZm ewê$ H$aZo go nhbo, CÎma-nwpñVH$m _| àíZ H$m H«$_m§H$ Adí`
{bI|&
Please write down the Serial Number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) Bg àíZ-nÌ H$mo n‹T>Zo Ho$ {bE 15 {_ZQ> H$m g_` {X`m J`m h¡& àíZ-nÌ H$m {dVaU nydm©• _|
10.15 ~Oo {H$`m OmEJm& 10.15 ~Oo go 10.30 ~Oo VH$ N>mÌ Ho$db àíZ-nÌ H$mo n‹T>|Jo Am¡a
Bg Ad{Y Ho$ Xm¡amZ do CÎma-nwpñVH$m na H$moB© CÎma Zht {bI|Jo&
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper
will be distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will
read the question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book
during this period.
SECTION - A
Section - A consists of Multiple Choice type questions of 1 mark each.
1. The pair of linear equations 2x = 5y + 6 and 15y = 6x – 18 represents
two lines which are : 1
(a) intersecting (b) parallel
(c) coincident (d) either intersecting or parallel
2. In the given figure, TA is a tangent to the circle with centre O such
that OT = 4 cm, ∠OTA = 30o, then length of TA is : 1
(a) 2 3 cm
(b) 2 cm
(c) 2 2 cm
(d) 3 cm
3. The ratio of HCF to LCM of the least composite number and the least
prime number is : 1
(a) 1:2 (b) 2:1 (c) 1:1 (d) 1:3
13. `{X α, β ~hþnX p(x) = 4x2 – 3x – 7 Ho$ eyÝ`m§H$ h¢ Vmo 1 + 1 H$m _mZ h¡ … 1
α β
7 −7 3 −3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 7 7
14. ‘d’ ì`mg Ho$ AY©d¥Îm H$m joÌ\$b Š`m h¡ ? 1
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
(a) πd (b) πd (c) πd (d) πd
16 4 8 2
30/4/3 4
5.
(b) 3 go_r.
25
(d) go_r.
3
18. q~Xw (– 4, 0), (4, 0) Am¡a (0, 3) erf© h¢ EH$ … 1
(a) g_H$moU {Ì^wO Ho$ (b) g_{Û~mhþ {Ì^wO Ho$
(c) g_~mhþ {Ì^wO Ho$ (d) {df_ {Ì^wO Ho$
{ZX}e … àíZ g§»`m 19 VWm 20 _| EH$ A{^H$WZ (A) Ho$ níMmV² EH$ VH©$-
H$WZ (R) {X`m h¡Ÿ& {ZåZ _| go ghr {dH$ën Mw{ZE …
2
19. A{^H$WZ (A) … EH$ brn-df© _| 53 a{ddma hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm h¡Ÿ&
7
5
VH©$ (R) … EH$ J¡a brn-df© _| 53 a{ddma hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm
h¡Ÿ& 1
7
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m Zht H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) gË` h¡ naÝVw H$maU (R) AgË` h¡Ÿ&
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) AgË` h¡ O~{H$ H$maU (R) gË` h¡Ÿ&
30/4/3 6
15. For the following distribution :
Marks Below 10 20 30 40 50 60
Number of Students 3 12 27 57 75 80
The modal class is : 1
(a) 10-20 (b) 20-30 (c) 30-40 (d) 50-60
16. In the given figure, PT is a tangent at T to the circle with centre O. If
∠TPO = 25o, then x is equal to : 1
o
(a) 25
(b) 65 o
(c) 90 o
(d) 115 o
17. In the given figure, PQ || AC. If BP = 4 cm, AP = 2.4 cm and
BQ = 5 cm, then length of BC is : 1
(a) 8 cm
(b) 3 cm
(c) 0.3 cm
25
(d) cm
3
18. The points (– 4, 0), (4, 0) and (0, 3) are the vertices of a : 1
(a) right triangle (b) isosceles triangle
(c) equilateral triangle (d) scalene triangle
DIRECTIONS : In the question number 19 and 20, a statement of
Assertion (A) is followed by a statement of Reason (R). Choose the
correct option out of the following :
2
19. Assertion (A) : The probability that a leap year has 53 Sundays is .
7
5
Reason (R) : The probability that a non-leap year has 53 Sundays is . 1
7
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
30/4/3 7 [P.T.O.
20. A{^H$WZ (A) … a, b, c EH$ A.P. Ho$ nX hm|Jo AJa Am¡a Ho$db AJa 2b = a + c &
VH©$ (R) … nhbr "n' {df_ àmH¥$V g§»`mAm| H$m `moJ n2 h¡Ÿ& 1
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) VWm H$maU (R) XmoZm| gË` h¢Ÿ& H$maU (R) A{^H$WZ (A) H$s
ì`m»`m Zht H$aVm h¡Ÿ&
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) gË` h¡ naÝVw H$maU (R) AgË` h¡Ÿ&
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) AgË` h¡ O~{H$ H$maU (R) gË` h¡Ÿ&
IÊS> - I
IÊS> - I _| A{V bKw-CÎma (VSA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 2 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
21. (A) {ÛKmV g_rH$aU 2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0 Ho$ _ybm| H$m `moJ Am¡a JwUZ\$b kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
AWdm
2
(B) {ÛKmV g_rH$aU 4x – 5 = 0 H$m {d{dº$H$a (discriminant) kmV H$s{OE Am¡a
g_rH$aU Ho$ _ybm| H$s àH¥${V {b{IEŸ& 2
22. (A) _mZ kmV H$s{OE … 2sec2 θ + 3cosec2 θ – 2sin θcos θ, if θ = 45o. 2
AWdm
(B) `{X sin θ – cos θ = 0 h¡, Vmo sin4 θ + cos4 θ H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
23. EH$ {Zînj {gŠH$m Xmo ~ma CN>mbm OmVm h¡Ÿ& A{YH$ go A{YH$ EH$ {MV AmZo H$s
àm{`H$Vm kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
24. Xmo g§»`mE§ 2…3 Ho$ AZwnmV _| h¢ Am¡a CZH$m LCM 180 h¡Ÿ& BZ g§»`mAm| H$m HCF
Š`m hmoJm ? 2
25. `{X ~hþnX p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2) H$m EH$ eyÝ`m§H$ Xygao eyÝ`m§H$ H$m ì`wËH«$_
hmo, Vmo k H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OEŸ& 2
IÊS> - J
IÊS> - J _| bKw-CÎma (SA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢ Am¡a àË`oH$ àíZ 3 A§H$ H$m h¡Ÿ&
26. ‘p’ H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE {OgHo$ {bE {ÛKmV g_rH$aU px2 – 14x + 8 = 0 H$m EH$
_yb Xygao _yb H$m N>… JwZm h¡Ÿ& 3
27. EH$ ~mø q~Xw go, {H$gr d¥Îm na Xmo ñne© aoImE§ ItMr JBªŸ& {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ ~mø q~Xw
Am¡a d¥Îm Ho$ H|$Ð H$mo {_bmZo dmbr aoIm ñne© aoImAm| Ho$ ~rM Ho$ H$moU g_{Û^m{OV H$aVr
h¡Ÿ& 3
28. Xmo g§H|$Ðr` d¥Îmm| H$s {ÌÁ`mE§ 5 go_r. Am¡a 3 go_r. h¢Ÿ& ~‹S>o d¥Îm H$s Ordm, Omo N>moQ>o d¥Îm
H$mo ñne© H$aVr h¡, H$s b§~mB© kmV H$s{OEŸ& 3
29. (A) EH$ A.P. {OgH$m nhbm Am¡a nm±Mdm§ nX H«$_e… -14 Am¡a 2 h¡ VWm ApÝV_ nX
62 h¡, Vmo A.P. _| {H$VZo nX h¢ ? 3
30/4/3 8
20. Assertion (A) : a, b, c are in A.P. if and only if 2b = a + c.
Reason (R) : The sum of first n odd natural numbers is n2. 1
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
SECTION – B
Section - B consists of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21. (A) Find the sum and product of the roots of the quadratic equation
2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0. 2
OR
(B) Find the discriminant of the quadratic equation 4x2 – 5 = 0 and
hence comment on the nature of roots of the equation. 2
22. (A) Evaluate 2sec2 θ + 3cosec2 θ – 2sin θcos θ if θ = 45o. 2
OR
(B) If sin θ – cos θ = 0, then find the value of sin4 θ + cos4 θ. 2
23. If a fair coin is tossed twice, find the probability of getting ‘atmost
one head’. 2
24. Two numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their LCM is 180. What is the
HCF of these numbers ? 2
25. If one zero of the polynomial p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2) is reciprocal
of the other, then find the value of k. 2
SECTION – C
Section - C consists of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
26. Find the value of ‘p’ for which one root of the quadratic equation
px2 – 14x + 8 = 0 is 6 times the other. 3
27. From an external point, two tangents are drawn to a circle. Prove that
the line joining the external point to the centre of the circle bisects the
angle between the two tangents. 3
28. Two concentric circles are of radii 5 cm and 3 cm. Find the length of
the chord of the larger circle which touches the smaller circle. 3
29. (A) How many terms are there in A.P. whose first and fifth term are
– 14 and 2, respectively and the last term is 62. 3
30/4/3 9 [P.T.O.
AWdm
(B) A.P. : 65, 61, 57, 53, .......... H$m H$m¡Zgm nX g~go nhbm G$UmË_H$ nX hmoJm? 3
sin A − 2 sin 3A
30. (A) {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ = tan A 3
2cos3A − cos A
AWdm
(B) {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A) = 1 3
31. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ 5 EH$ An[a_o` g§»`m h¡Ÿ& 3
IÊS> - K
IÊS> - K _| XrK©-CÎma (LA) àH$ma Ho$ àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 5 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
32. (A) EH$ {Ì^wO PQR _| N, ^wOm PR na EH$ Eogm q~Xw h¡ {OgHo$ {bE QN ⊥ PR
h¡Ÿ& `{X PN × NR = QN2 h¡, Vmo {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ ∠PQR = 90o . 5
AWdm
(B) Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, {Ì^wO ABC Am¡a {Ì^wO
DBC EH$ hr AmYma BC na h¢Ÿ&
`{X AD, BC H$mo q~Xw O na H$mQ>o, Vmo
{gÕ H$s{OE {H$
∆ABC H$m joÌ\$b AO
= 5
∆DBC H$m joÌ\$b DO
33. bH$‹S>r Ho$ EH$ R>mog ~obZ Ho$ àË`oH$ {gao na EH$ AY©Jmobm ImoXH$a {ZH$mbVo
hþE EH$ dñVw ~ZmB© JB© h¡, O¡gm AmH¥${V _| {XIm`m J`m h¡Ÿ& `{X ~obZ H$s
D±$MmB© 10 go_r. h¡ Am¡a AmYma H$s {ÌÁ`m 3.5 go_r. h¡, Vmo Bg dñVw H$m
g§nyU© n¥ð>r` joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
34. EH$ hmCqgJ gmogm`Q>r Ho$ 200 n[admam| _| XyY na _m{gH$ IM© XO© {H$E Omo
ZrMo {XE JE h¢ …
_m{gH$ IM© 1000- 1500- 2000- 2500- 3000- 3500- 4000- 4500-
(`. _|) 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
n[admam| H$s 24 40 33 x 30 22 16 7
g§»`m
x H$m _mZ kmV H$s{OE Am¡a XyY na _mÜ`H$ Am¡a _mÜ` IM© ^r kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
30/4/3 10
OR
(B) Which term of the A.P. : 65, 61, 57, 53, .................. is the first
negative term ? 3
sin A − 2 sin 3A
30. (A) Prove that = tan A 3
2cos3A − cos A
OR
(B) Prove that sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A) = 1. 3
31. Prove that 5 is an irrational number. 3
SECTION – D
Section - D consists of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32. (A) In a ∆PQR, N is a point on PR, such that
QN ⊥ PR. If PN × NR = QN2, prove that ∠PQR = 90o. 5
OR
(B) In the given figure, ∆ABC and
∆DBC are on the same base BC.
If AD intersects BC at O, prove
ar (∆ABC) AO
that = 5
ar (∆DBC) DO
30/4/3 11 [P.T.O.
35. (A) EH$ grYm amO_mJ© EH$ _rZma Ho$ nmX VH$ OmVm h¡Ÿ& EH$ 75 _r. D±$Mo Q>m°da Ho$ erf©
na I‹S>m EH$ ì`{º$ Xmo H$mam| H$mo 30o Am¡a 60o Ho$ AdZ_Z H$moUm| na XoIVm h¡, Omo
Q>m°da Ho$ nmX H$s Amoa Om ahr h¢Ÿ& `{X EH$ H$ma Q>m°da Ho$ Cgr Va\$ Xygar H$ma Ho$
R>rH$ nrN>o hmo, Vmo XmoZm| H$mam| Ho$ ~rM H$s Xyar kmV H$s{OEŸ& ( 3 = 1.73 br{OE) 5
AWdm
(B) 7 _r. D±$Mo ^dZ Ho$ {eIa go EH$ Ho$~b Q>m°da Ho$ {eIa H$m CÞ`Z H$moU 60o h¡
Am¡a BgHo$ nmX H$m AdZ_Z H$moU 30o h¡Ÿ& Q>m°da H$s D±$MmB© kmV H$s{OEŸ& 5
IÊS> - ‹S>
IÊS> - ‹S> _| àH$aU AÜ``Z/n[aÀN>oX AmYm[aV 3 àíZ h¢Ÿ& àË`oH$ àíZ Ho$ 4 A§H$ h¢Ÿ&
36. XohamXyZ Ho$ EH$ ñWmZr` gmd©O{ZH$ {dH$mg àm{YH$aU H$s Jd{ZªJ H$mC§{gb Zo EH$ nhm‹S>r
H$s MmoQ>r na EH$ gmh{gH$ Iob H$m _¡XmZ ~ZmZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`m, {Og_| nm{Hª$J Ho$ {bE
n`m©á OJh hmoJrŸ&
gd}jU Ho$ níMmV², Am`VmH$ma Iob H$m _¡XmZ ~ZmZo H$m {ZU©` {b`m J`m, {Og_| EH$
Va\$ nm{Hª$J Ho$ {bE EH$ AY©-d¥ÎmmH$ma joÌ A§{H$V hmoŸ& Am`VmH$ma Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ H$s
bå~mB© Am¡a Mm¡‹S>mB© H«$_e… 14 BH$mB© Am¡a 7 BH$mB© h¡Ÿ& Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Ho$ EH$ Amoa
2 BH$mB© {ÌÁ`m Ho$ Xmo MVwWmªe {deof grQ>m| Ho$ {bE h¢Ÿ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) nm{Hª$J joÌ H$m Hw$b n[a_mn {H$VZm h¡ ? 1
(ii) (a) nm{Hª$J joÌ Am¡a Xmo MVwWmªem| H$mo {_bmH$a Hw$b joÌ\$b {H$VZm h¡ ? 2
AWdm
(b) Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Ho$ joÌ\$b Am¡a nm{Hª$J joÌ Ho$ joÌ\$b _| Š`m AZwnmV h¡Ÿ? 2
(iii) Iob Ho$ _¡XmZ Am¡a nm{Hª$J joÌ Ho$ Mmam| Amoa Vma bJdmZo H$m IM©, 2 é. à{V
BH$mB© H$s Xa go kmV H$s{OEŸ& 1
37. Xmo ñHy$bm| ‘P’ Am¡a ‘Q’ Zo AnZo N>mÌm| H$mo hm°H$s ` x à{V N>mÌ
Am¡a {H«$Ho$Q> ` y à{V N>mÌ Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE nwañH$ma XoZo H$m
\¡$gbm {H$`mŸ& ñHy$b ‘P’ Zo Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE H«$_e… 5 Am¡a 4
N>mÌm| H$mo Hw$b 9,500 é. H$m nwañH$ma XoZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`m,
O~{H$ ñHy$b ‘Q’ Zo Xmo Iobm| Ho$ {bE H«$_e… 4 Am¡a 3 N>mÌm| H$mo
Hw$b 7,370 é. H$m nwañH$ma XoZo H$m \¡$gbm {H$`mŸ&
30/4/3 12
35. (A) A straight highway leads to the foot of a tower. A man standing
on the top of the 75 m high tower observes two cars at angles of
depression of 30o and 60o, which are approaching the foot of the
tower. If one car is exactly behind the other on the same side of
the tower, find the distance between the two cars. (use 3 = 1.73) 5
OR
(B) From the top of a 7 m high building, the angle of elevation of the
top of a cable tower is 60o and the angle of depression of its foot
is 30o. Determine the height of the tower. 5
SECTION – E
Section – E consists of three Case Study Based questions of 4 marks each.
36. Governing council of a local public development authority of
Dehradun decided to build an adventurous playground on the top of a
hill, which will have adequate space for parking.
38. OJXre Ho$ nmg EH$ IoV h¡ Omo EH$ g_H$moU {Ì^wO AQC Ho$ AmH$ma H$m h¡Ÿ& dh IoV
Ho$ A§Xa EH$ dJm©H$ma PQRS Ho$ ê$n _| Johÿ± CJmZo Ho$ {bE Am¡a eof gpãO`m± CJmZo Ho$
{bE ({MÌ _| Xem©`o AZwgma) OJh N>mo‹S>Zm MmhVm h¡Ÿ& IoV _|, O Ho$ ê$n _| {M{•V EH$
I§^m h¡Ÿ&
Cnamoº$ gyMZm Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ{b{IV àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE …
(i) O H$mo _yb q~Xw _mZ H$a, {~§XwAm| P Am¡a Q Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ H«$_e… (-200, 0) Am¡a
(200, 0) h¢Ÿ& PQRS EH$ dJ© hmoZo Ho$ H$maU, R Am¡a S Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ Š`m hm|JoŸ? 1
(ii) (a) dJ© PQRS H$m joÌ\$b Š`m h¡ ? 2
AWdm
(b) dJ© PQRS _| {dH$U© PR H$s bå~mB© Š`m h¡Ÿ? 2
(iii) `{X q~Xw S, aoImIÊS> CA H$mo AZwnmV K:1 _| {d^m{OV H$ao, Vmo K H$m _mZ
Š`m hmoJm, `{X q~Xw A Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ (200, 800) hm| ? 1
30/4/3 14
Based on the given information, answer the following questions :
(i) Represent the following information algebraically (in terms of x
and y). 1
(ii) (a) What is the prize amount for hockey ? 2
OR
(b) Prize amount on which game is more and by how much ? 2
(iii) What will be the total prize amount if there are 2 students each
from two games ? 1
38. Jagdish has a field which is in the shape of a right angled triangle
AQC. He wants to leave a space in the form of a square PQRS inside
the field for growing wheat and the remaining for growing vegetables
(as shown in the figure). In the field, there is a pole marked as O.
30/4/3 15 [P.T.O.
30/4/3 16
Series WX1YZ/5 SET~1
J{UV (_mZH$)$
MATHEMATICS (STANDARD)
*
:3 : 80
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 80
NOTE :
(i) - 27
Please check that this question paper contains 27 printed pages.
(ii) - - -
-
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on the title
page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) - 38
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) -
Please write down the serial number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) - 15 -
10.15 10.15 10.30 -
-
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper will be
distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will read the
question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book during this period.
(iv) 21 25 (VSA)
(v) 26 31 (SA)
(vi) 32 35 (LA)
(vii) 36 38
(viii) 2 2
2 3
22
(ix) =
7
(x)
IÊS> H$
(MCQ) 1
SECTION A
This section comprises multiple choice questions (MCQs) of 1 mark each.
1. The number of polynomials having zeroes 3 and 5 is :
(a) only one (b) infinite
(c) exactly two (d) at most two
2. The pair of equations ax + 2y = 9 and 3x + by = 18 represent parallel
lines, where a, b are integers, if :
(a) a=b (b) 3a = 2b
(c) 2a = 3b (d) ab = 6
3. The common difference of the A.P. whose nth term is given by an = 3n + 7,
is :
(a) 7 (b) 3
(c) 3n (d) 1
30/5/1 JJJJ Page 3 P.T.O.
4. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, DE BC. x H$m _mZ h¡ :
(a) 6 (b ) 12·5
(c) 8 (d) 10
5. _yb (2 + 3) Am¡a (2 3) dmbm EH$ {ÛKmV g_rH$aU h¡ :
(a) x2 4x + 1 = 0 (b) x2 + 4x + 1 = 0
(c) 4x2 3=0 (d) x2 1=0
5 sin cos
6. `{X tan = h¡, Vmo H$m _mZ h¡ :
12 sin cos
17 17
(a) (b)
7 7
17 7
(c) (d)
13 13
11 2
7. {~ÝXþAm| P ,5 Am¡a Q ,5 Ho$ ~rM H$s Xÿar h¡ :
3 3
(a) 6 BH$mB© (b) 4 BH$mB©
(c) 2 BH$mB© (d) 3 BH$mB©
8. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, AB = BC = 10 cm & `{X AC = 7 cm h¡, Vmo BP H$s bå~mB© hmoJr :
(a) 6 (b ) 12·5
(c) 8 (d) 10
5. A quadratic equation whose roots are (2 + 3 ) and (2 3 ) is :
(a) x2 4x + 1 = 0 (b) x2 + 4x + 1 = 0
(c) 4x2 3=0 (d) x2 1=0
5 sin cos
6. If tan = , then the value of is :
12 sin cos
17 17
(a) (b)
7 7
17 7
(c) (d)
13 13
11 2
7. The distance between the points P , 5 and Q , 5 is :
3 3
(a) 6 units (b) 4 units
(c) 2 units (d) 3 units
8. In the given figure, AB = BC = 10 cm. If AC = 7 cm, then the length of BP
is :
10. mÜ` Am¡a _mÜ`H$ H«$_e: 12 Am¡a 15 h¢, Vmo ~hþbH$ hmoJm :
(a) 13·5 (b) 21
(c) 6 (d) 14
11. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, Ho$ÝÐ O Ho$ EH$ d¥Îm na AB EH$ ñne©-aoIm h¡ & `{X OA = 6 cm Am¡a
OAB = 30 h¡, Vmo d¥Îm H$s {ÌÁ`m hmoJr :
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm
(c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm
2 tan 30
12. ~am~a h¡ :
1 tan 2 30
AB BC
13. {Ì^wOm| ABC Am¡a DEF _|, & {ZåZ{b{IV _| go H$m¡Z-gm BZ Xmo {Ì^wOm| H$mo
DE FD
g_ê$n ~ZmEJm ?
(a) A= D (b) B= D
(c) B= E (d) A= F
10. If the mean and the median of a data are 12 and 15 respectively, then its
mode is :
(c) 6 (d) 14
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm
(c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm
2 tan 30
12. is equal to :
1 tan 2 30
AB BC
13. . Which of the following makes the two
DE FD
triangles similar ?
(a) A= D (b) B= D
(c) B= E (d) A= F
16. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, Ho$ÝÐ O dmbo EH$ d¥Îm na AC Am¡a AB ñne©-aoImE± h¢ & `{X
COD = 120 h¡, Vmo BAO ~am~a h¡ :
(a) 30 (b) 60
(c) 45 (d) 90
17. {ZåZ{b{IV _| go H$m¡Z-gr g§»`m, {H$gr KQ>Zm Ho$ KQ>Zo H$s àm{`H$Vm hmo gH$Vr h¡ ?
7
(a) 0 (b)
0·01
0·07
(c) 0·07 (d)
3
18. `{X {H$gr gm§p»`H$s , {Og_| n nX h¢, Ho$ àË`oH$ nX H$mo 2 go H$_ H$a {X`m OmE,
:
(a) 2 H$_ hmo OmEJm
(b) An[ad{V©V ahoJm
(c) 2n H$_ hmo OmEJm
(d) 1 H$_ hmo OmEJm
(a) 30 (b) 60
(c) 45 (d) 90
17. Which of the following numbers cannot be the probability of happening
of an event ?
7
(a) 0 (b)
0·01
0·07
(c) 0·07 (d)
3
19. (A) : `{X Ho$ÝÐ O(2, 3) dmbo EH$ d¥Îm na q~Xþ A(4, 3) Am¡a B(x, 5) pñWV h¢,
Vmo x H$m _mZ 2 hmoJm &
(R) : d¥Îm H$s àË`oH$ Ordm H$m _Ü`-q~Xþ, d¥Îm H$m Ho$ÝÐ hmoVm h¡ &
n
20. (A) : g§»`m 5 H$^r ^r A§H$ eyÝ` (0) na g_má Zht hmoVr h¡, Ohm± n H$moB© ^r
àmH¥$V g§»`m h¡ &
(R) : 5 Ho$ A^mÁ` JwUZI§S>Z _| Ho$db Xmo hr JwUZI§S> h¢, 1 Am¡a 5 &
IÊS> I
(VSA) 2
21. (H$) {~ÝXþ A(4, 5) Am¡a B(4, 5) H$mo {_bmZo dmbo aoImI§S> H$mo {~ÝXþ P go Bg àH$ma
{d^m{OV {H$`m OmVm h¡ {H$ AP : AB = 2 : 5 h¡ & {~ÝXþ P Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ kmV
H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) {~ÝXþ P(x, y), {~ÝXþAm| A(5, 1) VWm B(1, 5) go g_XÿañW h¡ & {gÕ H$s{OE {H$
x = y.
30/5/1 JJJJ Page 10
Questions number 19 and 20 are Assertion and Reason based questions carrying
1 mark each. Two statements are given, one labelled as Assertion (A) and the
other is labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from
the codes (a), (b), (c) and (d) as given below.
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not
the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
19. Assertion (A) : If the points A(4, 3) and B(x, 5) lie on a circle with centre
O(2, 3), then the value of x is 2.
Reason (R) : Centre of a circle is the mid-point of each chord of the
circle.
n
20. Assertion (A) : The number 5 cannot end with the digit 0, where n is a
natural number.
Reason (R): Prime factorisation of 5 has only two factors, 1 and 5.
SECTION B
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks each.
21. (a) The line segment joining the points A(4, 5) and B(4, 5) is divided
by the point P such that AP : AB = 2 : 5. Find the coordinates of P.
OR
(b) Point P(x, y) is equidistant from points A(5, 1) and B(1, 5). Prove
that x = y.
23. A^mÁ` JwUZI§S>Z go 96 Am¡a 120 H$m HCF Am¡a LCM kmV H$s{OE &
24. {~ÝXþAm| (5, 6) Am¡a ( 1, 4) H$mo {_bmZo dmbo aoImI§S> H$mo y-Aj {Og AZwnmV _|
{d^m{OV H$aVm h¡, Cg AZwnmV H$mo kmV H$s{OE &
25. (H$) `{X a cos + b sin = m VWm a sin b cos =n h¡, Vmo {gÕ H$s{OE
{H$ a2 + b2 = m2 + n2.
AWdm
(I) {gÕ H$s{OE :
sec A 1 sec A 1
+ = 2 cosec A
sec A 1 sec A 1
IÊS> J
(SA) 3
23. Using prime factorisation, find HCF and LCM of 96 and 120.
24. Find the ratio in which y-axis divides the line segment joining the points
(5, 6) and ( 1, 4).
25. (a) If a cos + b sin = m and a sin b cos = n, then prove that
a2 + b2 = m2 + n2.
OR
(b) Prove that :
sec A 1 sec A 1
+ = 2 cosec A
sec A 1 sec A 1
SECTION C
This section comprises short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
OR
(b) The traffic lights at three different road crossings change after
every 48 seconds, 72 seconds and 108 seconds respectively. If they
change simultaneously at 7 a.m., at what time will they change
together next ?
28. (H$) Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, CD, AB H$m b§~ g_{Û^mOH$ h¡ & EF, CD Ho$ b§~dV h¡ &
CF FG
AE, CD H$mo G na H$mQ>Vr h¡ & {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ .
CD DG
AWdm
(I) Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, ABCD EH$ g_m§Va MVw^w©O h¡ & BE, CD H$mo M na
g_{Û^m{OV H$aVr h¡ Am¡a AC H$mo L na H$mQ>Vr h¡ & {gÕ H$s{OE {H$
EL = 2BL.
OR
29. Two people are 16 km apart on a straight road. They start walking at the
same time. If they walk towards each other with different speeds, they
will meet in 2 hours. Had they walked in the same direction with same
speeds as before, they would have met in 8 hours. Find their walking
speeds.
dJ© A§Vamb 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 45 45 50 50 55 55 60
~ma§~maVm 14 22 16 6 5 3 4
IÊS> K
(LA) 5
32. EH$ àojH$ EH$ J_© hdm Ho$ Jwã~mao H$s Q>moH$ar Ho$ CÞ`Z H$moU H$m AZw_mZ 60 bJmVm h¡,
O~{H$ EH$ AÝ` n`©dojH$ Omo 100 m Xÿa h¡, CÞ`Z H$moU H$m AZw_mZ 30 bJmVm h¡ &
kmV H$s{OE :
(H$) O_rZ go Q>moH$ar H$s D±$MmB© &
(I) nhbo àojH$ H$s Am±I go Q>moH$ar H$s$ Xÿar &
(J) Q>moH$ar go Xÿgao àojH$ H$s j¡{VO Xÿar &
33. (H$) 4 cm {ÌÁ`m dmbo EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ n[aJV EH$ {Ì^wO ABC Bg àH$ma ItMm J`m h¡ {H$
aoImI§S BD Am¡a DC H$s b§~mB`m± H«$_e: 10 cm Am¡a 8 cm h¢ & ^wOmE± AB Am¡a
AC H$s b§~mB`m± kmV H$r{OE, `{X {X`m J`m h¡ {H$ ABC H$m joÌ\$b
90 cm2 h¡ &
AWdm
30/5/1 JJJJ Page 16
31. Find the mean of the following frequency distribution :
Classes 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 45 45 50 50 55 55 60
Frequency 14 22 16 6 5 3 4
SECTION D
This section comprises long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32. One observer estimates the angle of elevation to the basket of a hot air
balloon to be 60 , while another observer 100 m away estimates the angle
of elevation to be 30 . Find :
(c) The horizontal distance of the second observer from the basket.
OR
AWdm
15
(I) Xmo nmBn {_bH$a EH$ Q>¢H$ H$mo K§Q>m| _| ^a gH$Vo h¢ & A{YH$ ì`mg dmbm
8
nmBn, N>moQ>o ì`mg dmbo nmBn go, 2 K§Q>o H$_ _| Q>¢H$ H$mo ^a gH$Vm h¡ & XmoZm| nmBn
AbJ-AbJ Q>¢H$ H$mo {H$VZo g_` _| ^a gH$Vo h¢, kmV H$s{OE &
35. 15 m ^wOm dmbo EH$ dJm©H$ma Kmg Ho$ _¡XmZ Ho$ EH$ H$moZo na b H$mo
5m b§~r añgr go ~m±Y {X`m J`m h¡ & Bg _¡XmZ Ho$ Cg ^mJ H$m joÌ\$b,
Ma gH$Vm h¡, kmV H 10 m H$a Xr OmE Vmo Kmg Ma
gH$Zo dmbo joÌ\ ^r kmV H$s{OE & ( = 3.14 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
OR
15
(b) Two pipes together can fill a tank in hours. The pipe with
8
larger diameter takes 2 hours less than the pipe with smaller
diameter to fill the tank separately. Find the time in which each
pipe can fill the tank separately.
35. A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square shaped grass field of side
15 m by means of a 5 m long rope. Find the area of that part of the field
in which the horse can graze. Also, find the increase in grazing area if
length of rope is increased to 10 m. (Use = 3·14)
àH$aU AÜ``Z 1
36. EH$ Jmoë\$ H$s J|X bJ^J 300 500 {S>ånb Ho$ gmW JmobmH$ma hmoVr h¡, Omo IobZo Ho$
Xm¡amZ CgHo$ doJ H$mo & Jmoë\$ H$s J|X nma§n[aH$ ê$n go g\o$X hmoVr h¡,
bo{H$Z a§Jm| _| ^r CnbãY hmoVr h¡ & Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, EH$ Jmoë\$ H$s J|X H$m ì`mg
4·2 cm Am¡a BgH$s gVh na {ÌÁ`m 2 mm Ho$ 315 {S>ånb (AY©-JmobmH$ma) h¢ &
(ii) EH$ {S>ånb ~ZmZo Ho$ {bE ImoXr JB© gm_J«r H$m Am`VZ kmV H$s{OE & 1
(iii) (H$) n[adoe Ho$ g§nH©$ _| AmZo dmbm Hw$b n¥îR>r` joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OE & 2
AWdm
(iii) (I) Jmoë\$ H$s J§oX H$m Am`VZ kmV H$s{OE & 2
Case Study 1
36. A golf ball is spherical with about 300 500 dimples that help increase
its velocity while in play. Golf balls are traditionally white but available
in colours also. In the given figure, a golf ball has diameter
4·2 cm and the surface has 315 dimples (hemi-spherical) of radius 2 mm.
(ii) Find the volume of the material dug out to make one dimple. 1
(iii) (a) Find the total surface area exposed to the surroundings. 2
OR
37. EH$ {_{S>b ñHy$b Zo {H«$g_g H$m{Z©db na {ZåZ{b{IV pñnZa Jo_ H$mo µ\$§S>-aoµOa Ho$ ê$n _|
MbmZo H$m {ZU©` {b`m &
: àË`oH$ pñnZa H$mo EH$ ~ma pñnZ H$s{OE & Zrbm Am¡a bmb, ~¢JZr ~ZmVo
h¢ & Bg{bE, `{X EH$ pñnZa bmb (R) Am¡a Xÿgam Zrbm (B) {XImVm h¡, Vmo Amn OrVVo
hmo & Eogo n[aUm_ na {bIm OmVm h¡ &
Cn`w©º$ Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE :
(i) Jo_ Ho$ g^r g§^d n[aUm_m| H$s gyMr ~ZmBE & 1
(iii) (H$) àË`oH$ OrV Ho$ {bE, à{V^mJr H$mo < 10 {_bVo h¢, bo{H$Z AJa dh hma
OmVm h¡, Vmo Cgo ñHy$b H$mo < 5 H$m ^wJVmZ H$aZm hmoJm &
`{X 99 à{V^m{J`m| Zo Jo_ Iobm hmo, Vmo ñHy$b Zo {H$VZm \§$S> EH$Ì {H$`m
hmoJm ? 2
AWdm
(iii) (I) `{X Iob _| OrV `m hma Ho$ {bE < 5 H$s g_mZ am{e V` H$s JB© h¡, Vmo
ñHy$b Zo {H$VZm \§$S> EH$Ì {H$`m hmoJm ? (à{V^m{J`m| H$s g§»`m = 99) 2
Making Purple : Spin each spinner once. Blue and red make purple. So, if
(ii) 1
(iii) (a) For each win, a participant gets < 10, but if he/she loses,
he/she has to pay < 5 to the school.
If 99 participants played, calculate how much fund could the
school have collected. 2
OR
(iii) (b) If the same amount of < 5 has been decided for winning or
losing the game, then how much fund had been collected by
school ? (Number of participants = 99) 2
(iii) (b) How much distance has the dolphin covered before hitting
the water level again ? 2
J{UV (_mZH$)$
MATHEMATICS (STANDARD)
*
:3 : 80
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 80
NOTE :
(i) - 27
Please check that this question paper contains 27 printed pages.
(ii) - - -
-
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on the title
page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) - 38
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) -
Please write down the serial number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) - 15 -
10.15 10.15 10.30 -
-
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper will be
distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will read the
question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book during this period.
(iv) 21 25 (VSA)
(v) 26 31 (SA)
(vi) 32 35 (LA)
(vii) 36 38
(viii) 2 2
2 3
22
(ix) =
7
(x)
IÊS> H$
(MCQ) 1
1 tan 2 30
1. ~am~a h¡ :
1 tan 2 30
AB BC
2. {Ì^wOm| ABC Am¡a DEF _|, & {ZåZ{b{IV _| go H$m¡Z-gm BZ Xmo {Ì^wOm| H$mo
DE FD
g_ê$n ~ZmEJm ?
(a) A= D (b) B= D
(c) B= E (d) A= F
30/5/2 JJJJ Page 2
General Instructions :
Read the following instructions carefully and follow them :
(i) This question paper contains 38 questions. All questions are compulsory.
(ii) This question paper is divided into five Sections A, B, C, D and E.
(iii) In Section A, Questions no. 1 to 18 are multiple choice questions (MCQs) and
questions number 19 and 20 are Assertion-Reason based questions of 1 mark
each.
(iv) In Section B, Questions no. 21 to 25 are very short answer (VSA) type
questions, carrying 2 marks each.
(v) In Section C, Questions no. 26 to 31 are short answer (SA) type questions,
carrying 3 marks each.
(vi) In Section D, Questions no. 32 to 35 are long answer (LA) type questions
carrying 5 marks each.
(vii) In Section E, Questions no. 36 to 38 are case study based questions carrying
4 marks each. Internal choice is provided in 2 marks questions in each
case-study.
(viii) There is no overall choice. However, an internal choice has been provided in
2 questions in Section B, 2 questions in Section C, 2 questions in Section D and
3 questions in Section E.
22
(ix) Draw neat diagrams wherever required. Take = wherever required, if not
7
stated.
(x) Use of calculators is not allowed.
SECTION A
This section comprises multiple choice questions (MCQs) of 1 mark each.
1 tan 2 30
1. is equal to :
1 tan 2 30
AB BC
2. . Which of the following makes the two
DE FD
triangles similar ?
(a) A= D (b) B= D
(c) B= E (d) A= F
(c) 64 (d) 64
5. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, AB = BC = 10 cm & `{X AC = 7 cm h¡, Vmo BP H$s bå~mB© hmoJr :
4. Two dice are rolled together. What is the probability of getting a sum
greater than 10 ?
1 1
(a) (b )
9 6
1 5
(c) (d)
12 18
7. If the mean and the median of a data are 12 and 15 respectively, then its
mode is :
(c) 6 (d) 14
30/5/2 JJJJ Page 5 P.T.O.
8. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, Ho$ÝÐ O Ho$ EH$ d¥Îm na AB EH$ ñne©-aoIm h¡ & `{X OA = 6 cm Am¡a
OAB = 30 h¡, Vmo d¥Îm H$s {ÌÁ`m hmoJr :
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm
(c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm
9. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, Ho$ÝÐ O dmbo EH$ d¥Îm na AC Am¡a AB ñne©-aoImE± h¢ & `{X
COD = 120 h¡, Vmo BAO ~am~a h¡ :
(a) 30 (b) 60
(c) 45 (d) 90
10. {ZåZ{b{IV _| go H$m¡Z-gr g§»`m, {H$gr KQ>Zm Ho$ KQ>Zo H$s àm{`H$Vm hmo gH$Vr h¡ ?
7
(a) 0 (b)
0·01
0·07
(c) 0·07 (d)
3
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm
(c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm
(a) 30 (b) 60
(c) 45 (d) 90
(a) 6 (b ) 12·5
(c) 8 (d) 10
13. _yb (2 + 3) Am¡a (2 3) dmbm EH$ {ÛKmV g_rH$aU h¡ :
(a) x2 4x + 1 = 0 (b) x2 + 4x + 1 = 0
(c) 4x2 3=0 (d) x2 1=0
5 sin cos
14. `{X tan = h¡, Vmo H$m _mZ h¡ :
12 sin cos
17 17
(a) (b)
7 7
17 7
(c) (d)
13 13
15. `{X EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ EH$ ì`mg Ho$ A§{V_ {~ÝXþ ( 5, 4) Am¡a (1, 0) h¢, Vmo d¥Îm H$s {ÌÁ`m h¡ :
(a) 6 (b ) 12·5
(c) 8 (d) 10
13. A quadratic equation whose roots are (2 + 3 ) and (2 3 ) is :
(a) x2 4x + 1 = 0 (b) x2 + 4x + 1 = 0
(c) 4x2 3=0 (d) x2 1=0
5 sin cos
14. If tan = , then the value of is :
12 sin cos
17 17
(a) (b)
7 7
17 7
(c) (d)
13 13
15. If end points of a diameter of a circle are ( 5, 4) and (1, 0), then the
radius of the circle is :
(a) 2 13 units (b) 13 units
(c) 4 2 units (d) 2 2 units
19. (A) : g§»`m 5n H$^r ^r A§H$ eyÝ` (0) na g_má Zht hmoVr h¡, Ohm± n H$moB© ^r
àmH¥$V g§»`m h¡ &
(R) : 5 Ho$ A^mÁ` JwUZI§S>Z _| Ho$db Xmo hr JwUZI§S> h¢, 1 Am¡a 5 &
20. (A) : `{X Ho$ÝÐ O(2, 3) dmbo EH$ d¥Îm na q~Xþ A(4, 3) Am¡a B(x, 5) pñWV h¢,
Vmo x H$m _mZ 2 hmoJm &
(R) : d¥Îm H$s àË`oH$ Ordm H$m _Ü`-q~Xþ, d¥Îm H$m Ho$ÝÐ hmoVm h¡ &
IÊS> I
(VSA) 2
21. A^mÁ` JwUZI§S>Z go 96 Am¡a 120 H$m HCF Am¡a LCM kmV H$s{OE &
22. {~ÝXþAm| (6, 3) VWm (1, 6) y = x {Og AZwnmV _|
{d^m{OV H$aVr h¡, dh AZwnmV kmV H$s{OE &
23. (H$) `{X a cos + b sin = m VWm a sin b cos =n h¡, Vmo {gÕ H$s{OE
{H$ a2 + b2 = m2 + n2.
AWdm
Questions number 19 and 20 are Assertion and Reason based questions carrying
1 mark each. Two statements are given, one labelled as Assertion (A) and the
other is labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from
the codes (a), (b), (c) and (d) as given below.
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not
the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
n
19. Assertion (A) : The number 5 cannot end with the digit 0, where n is a
natural number.
Reason (R): Prime factorisation of 5 has only two factors, 1 and 5.
20. Assertion (A) : If the points A(4, 3) and B(x, 5) lie on a circle with centre
O(2, 3), then the value of x is 2.
Reason (R) : Centre of a circle is the mid-point of each chord of the
circle.
SECTION B
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks each.
21. Using prime factorisation, find HCF and LCM of 96 and 120.
22. Find the ratio in which line y = x divides the line segment joining the
points (6, 3) and (1, 6).
23. (a) If a cos + b sin = m and a sin b cos = n, then prove that
a2 + b2 = m2 + n2.
OR
30/5/2 JJJJ Page 11 P.T.O.
(I) {gÕ H$s{OE :
sec A 1 sec A 1
+ = 2 cosec A
sec A 1 sec A 1
24. (H$) {~ÝXþ A(4, 5) Am¡a B(4, 5) H$mo {_bmZo dmbo aoImI§S> H$mo {~ÝXþ P go Bg àH$ma
{d^m{OV {H$`m OmVm h¡ {H$ AP : AB = 2 : 5 h¡ & {~ÝXþ P Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ kmV
H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) {~ÝXþ P(x, y), {~ÝXþAm| A(5, 1) VWm B(1, 5) go g_XÿañW h¡ & {gÕ H$s{OE {H$
x = y.
25. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, Ho$ÝÐ O dmbo EH$ d¥Îm H$s Ordm PQ h¡ & d¥Îm Ho$ {~ÝXþ P na, PT EH$
ñne©-aoIm h¡ & `{X QPT = 55 h¡, Vmo PRQ kmV H$s{OE &
IÊS> J
(SA) 3
27. EH$ 2-A§H$s` g§»`m, AnZo A§H$m| Ho$ `moJ\$b Ho$ gmV JwZm h¡ & A§H$m| Ho$ ñWmZ ~XbZo na
àmá g§»`m, nhbr g§»`m go 18 H$_ h¡ & nhbr g§»`m kmV H$s{OE &
24. (a) The line segment joining the points A(4, 5) and B(4, 5) is divided
by the point P such that AP : AB = 2 : 5. Find the coordinates of P.
OR
(b) Point P(x, y) is equidistant from points A(5, 1) and B(1, 5). Prove
that x = y.
SECTION C
This section comprises short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
27. A 2-digit number is seven times the sum of its digits. The number formed
by reversing the digits is 18 less than the given number. Find the given
number.
30/5/2 JJJJ Page 13 P.T.O.
28. {gÕ H$s{OE :
tan cot
+ = 1 + sec cosec
1 cot 1 tan
AWdm
(I) Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, ABCD EH$ g_m§Va MVw^w©O h¡ & BE, CD H$mo M na
g_{Û^m{OV H$aVr h¡ Am¡a AC H$mo L na H$mQ>Vr h¡ & {gÕ H$s{OE {H$
EL = 2BL.
OR
(b) The traffic lights at three different road crossings change after
every 48 seconds, 72 seconds and 108 seconds respectively. If they
change simultaneously at 7 a.m., at what time will they change
together next ?
30. In an A.P., the sum of the first n terms is given by Sn = 6n n2. Find its
th
30 term.
OR
(LA) 5
32. (H$) 4 cm {ÌÁ`m dmbo EH$ d¥Îm Ho$ n[aJV EH$ {Ì^wO ABC Bg àH$ma ItMm J`m h¡ {H$
aoImI§S BD Am¡a DC H$s b§~mB`m± H«$_e: 10 cm Am¡a 8 cm h¢ & ^wOmE± AB Am¡a
AC H$s b§~mB`m± kmV H$r{OE, `{X {X`m J`m h¡ {H$ ABC H$m joÌ\$b
90 cm2 h¡ &
AWdm
(I) Xmo d¥Îm h¢ {OZHo$ H|$Ð O Am¡a O h¢, Am¡a {ÌÁ`mE± H«$_e: 6 cm Am¡a 8 cm h¢ & Xmo
{~ÝXþAm| P Am¡a Q na do Bg àH$ma à{VÀN>oX H$aVo h¢ {H$ OP Am¡a O P Xmo d¥Îmm| H$s
ñne©-aoImE± h¢ & C^`{ZîR> Ordm PQ H$s bå~mB© kmV H$s{OE &
This section comprises long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
OR
AWdm
15
(I) Xmo nmBn {_bH$a EH$ Q>¢H$ H$mo K§Q>m| _| ^a gH$Vo h¢ & A{YH$ ì`mg dmbm
8
nmBn, N>moQ>o ì`mg dmbo nmBn go, 2 K§Q>o H$_ _| Q>¢H$ H$mo ^a gH$Vm h¡ & XmoZm| nmBn
AbJ-AbJ Q>¢H$ H$mo {H$VZo g_` _| ^a gH$Vo h¢, kmV H$s{OE &
34. The angle of elevation of the top of a vertical tower from a point P on the
ground is 60 . From another point Q, 10 m vertically above the first point
P, its angle of elevation is 30 . Find :
(b) The distance of the point P from the foot of the tower.
(c) The distance of the point P from the top of the tower.
OR
15
(b) Two pipes together can fill a tank in hours. The pipe with
8
larger diameter takes 2 hours less than the pipe with smaller
diameter to fill the tank separately. Find the time in which each
pipe can fill the tank separately.
àH$aU AÜ``Z 1
36. EH$ {_{S>b ñHy$b Zo {H«$g_g H$m{Z©db na {ZåZ{b{IV pñnZa Jo_ H$mo µ\$§S>-aoµOa Ho$ ê$n _|
MbmZo H$m {ZU©` {b`m &
: àË`oH$ pñnZa H$mo EH$ ~ma pñnZ H$s{OE & Zrbm Am¡a bmb, ~¢JZr ~ZmVo
h¢ & Bg{bE, `{X EH$ pñnZa bmb (R) Am¡a Xÿgam Zrbm (B) {XImVm h¡, Vmo Amn OrVVo
hmo & Eogo n[aUm_ na {bIm OmVm h¡ &
Cn`w©º$ Ho$ AmYma na, {ZåZ àíZm| Ho$ CÎma Xr{OE :
(i) Jo_ Ho$ g^r g§^d n[aUm_m| H$s gyMr ~ZmBE & 1
Case Study 1
Making Purple : Spin each spinner once. Blue and red make purple. So, if
(ii) 1
(iii) (a) For each win, a participant gets < 10, but if he/she loses,
he/she has to pay < 5 to the school.
If 99 participants played, calculate how much fund could the
school have collected. 2
OR
(iii) (b) If the same amount of < 5 has been decided for winning or
losing the game, then how much fund had been collected by
school ? (Number of participants = 99) 2
37. EH$ Jmoë\$ H$s J|X bJ^J 300 500 {S>ånb Ho$ gmW JmobmH$ma hmoVr h¡, Omo IobZo Ho$
Xm¡amZ CgHo$ doJ H$mo & Jmoë\$ H$s J|X nma§n[aH$ ê$n go g\o$X hmoVr h¡,
bo{H$Z a§Jm| _| ^r CnbãY hmoVr h¡ & Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, EH$ Jmoë\$ H$s J|X H$m ì`mg
4·2 cm Am¡a BgH$s gVh na {ÌÁ`m 2 mm Ho$ 315 {S>ånb (AY©-JmobmH$ma) h¢ &
(ii) EH$ {S>ånb ~ZmZo Ho$ {bE ImoXr JB© gm_J«r H$m Am`VZ kmV H$s{OE & 1
(iii) (H$) n[adoe Ho$ g§nH©$ _| AmZo dmbm Hw$b n¥îR>r` joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OE & 2
AWdm
(iii) (I) Jmoë\$ H$s J§oX H$m Am`VZ kmV H$s{OE & 2
37. A golf ball is spherical with about 300 500 dimples that help increase
its velocity while in play. Golf balls are traditionally white but available
in colours also. In the given figure, a golf ball has diameter
4·2 cm and the surface has 315 dimples (hemi-spherical) of radius 2 mm.
(ii) Find the volume of the material dug out to make one dimple. 1
(iii) (a) Find the total surface area exposed to the surroundings. 2
OR
38. yb _|, EH$ S>m°pë\$Z 20 go_r> à{V goH$ÊS> H$s J{V go `mÌm H$aVo hþE,
nmZr go ~mha Hy$XVr h¡ & t goH$ÊS> Ho$ ~mX Ob ñVa go CgH$s D±$MmB© h = 20t 16t2
Ûmam Xr OmVr h¡ &
(iii) (b) How much distance has the dolphin covered before hitting
the water level again ? 2
J{UV (_mZH$)$
MATHEMATICS (STANDARD)
*
:3 : 80
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 80
NOTE :
(i) - 27
Please check that this question paper contains 27 printed pages.
(ii) - - -
-
Q.P. Code given on the right hand side of the question paper should be written on the title
page of the answer-book by the candidate.
(iii) - 38
Please check that this question paper contains 38 questions.
(iv) -
Please write down the serial number of the question in the answer-book before
attempting it.
(v) - 15 -
10.15 10.15 10.30 -
-
15 minute time has been allotted to read this question paper. The question paper will be
distributed at 10.15 a.m. From 10.15 a.m. to 10.30 a.m., the students will read the
question paper only and will not write any answer on the answer-book during this period.
(iv) 21 25 (VSA)
(v) 26 31 (SA)
(vi) 32 35 (LA)
(vii) 36 38
(viii) 2 2
2 3
22
(ix) =
7
(x)
IÊS> H$
(MCQ) 1
11 2
1. {~ÝXþAm| P ,5 Am¡a Q ,5 Ho$ ~rM H$s Xÿar h¡ :
3 3
(a) BH$mB©
6 BH$mB©
(b) 4
(c) BH$mB©
2 BH$mB©
(d) 3
2. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, AB = BC = 10 cm & `{X AC = 7 cm h¡, Vmo BP H$s bå~mB© hmoJr :
4. `{X {H$gr ~§Q>Z H$m _mÜ` Am¡a ~hþbH$ H«$_e: 15 Am¡a 18 hm|, Vmo Bg ~§Q>Z H$m _mÜ`H$
hmoJm :
(a) 17 (b ) 15
(c) 16 (d) 18
6. 52 Vme Ho$ nÎmm| H$s AÀN>r Vah go \|$Q>r JB© EH$ JÈ>r go EH$ nÎmm `mÑÀN>`m {ZH$mbm OmVm
h¡ & Bg {ZH$mbo JE nÎmo Ho$ ~oJ_ hmoZo H$s àm{`H$Vm h¡ :
4 4
(a) (b)
13 52
2 1
(c) (d)
13 26
7. Ho$ÝÐ O dmbo EH$ d¥Îm na PQ EH$ ñne©-aoIm h¡ & `{X d¥Îm H$s {ÌÁ`m 5 cm h¡, Vmo
ñne©-aoIm PQ H$s b§~mB© hmoJr :
10
(a) 5 3 cm (b) cm
3
5
(c) 10 cm (d) cm
3
30/5/3 JJJJ Page 4
3. Water in a river which is 3 m deep and 40 m wide is flowing at the rate of
2 km/h. How much water will fall into the sea in 2 minutes ?
5. The 11th term from the end of the A.P. : 10, 7, 4, ......., 62 is :
(a) 25 (b) 16
(c) 32 (d) 0
10
(a) 5 3 cm (b) cm
3
5
(c) 10 cm (d) cm
3
30/5/3 JJJJ Page 5 P.T.O.
8. {ZåZ{b{IV _| go H$m¡Z-gr g§»`m, {H$gr KQ>Zm Ho$ KQ>Zo H$s àm{`H$Vm hmo gH$Vr h¡ ?
7
(a) 0 (b)
0·01
0·07
(c) 0·07 (d)
3
1
9. `{X sec tan = , Vmo (sec + tan ) H$m _mZ hmoJm :
3
4 2
(a) (b)
3 3
1
(c) (d) 3
3
14. EH$ A.P., {OgH$m ndm± nX an = 3n + 7 Ûmam {X`m J`m h¡, H$m gmd© A§Va hmoJm :
(a) 7 (b) 3
(c) 3n (d) 1
0·07
(c) 0·07 (d)
3
1
9. If sec tan = , then the value of (sec + tan ) is :
3
4 2
(a) (b)
3 3
1
(c) (d) 3
3
14. The common difference of the A.P. whose nth term is given by an = 3n + 7,
is :
(a) 7 (b) 3
(c) 3n (d) 1
30/5/3 JJJJ Page 7 P.T.O.
15. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, DE BC. x H$m _mZ h¡ :
(a) 6 (b ) 12·5
(c) 8 (d) 10
AB BC
16. {Ì^wOm| ABC Am¡a DEF _|, & {ZåZ{b{IV _| go H$m¡Z-gm BZ Xmo {Ì^wOm| H$mo
DE FD
g_ê$n ~ZmEJm ?
(a) A= D (b) B= D
(c) B= E (d) A= F
2 tan 30
17. ~am~a h¡ :
1 tan 2 30
18. Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, Ho$ÝÐ O Ho$ EH$ d¥Îm na AB EH$ ñne©-aoIm h¡ & `{X OA = 6 cm Am¡a
OAB = 30 h¡, Vmo d¥Îm H$s {ÌÁ`m hmoJr :
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm
(c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm
(a) 6 (b ) 12·5
(c) 8 (d) 10
AB BC
16. . Which of the following makes the two
DE FD
triangles similar ?
(a) A= D (b) B= D
(c) B= E (d) A= F
2 tan 30
17. is equal to :
1 tan 2 30
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm
(c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm
30/5/3 JJJJ Page 9 P.T.O.
19 20 1
(A) (R)
(a), (b), (c) (d)
(a) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢ Am¡a VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(b) A{^H$WZ (A) Am¡a VH©$ (R) XmoZm| ghr h¢, naÝVw VH©$ (R), A{^H$WZ (A) H$s ghr
ì¶m»¶m H$aVm h¡ &
(c) A{^H$WZ (A) ghr h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) µJbV h¡ &
(d) A{^H$WZ (A) µJbV h¡, naÝVw VH©$ (R) ghr h¡ &
n
19. (A) : g§»`m 5 H$^r ^r A§H$ eyÝ` (0) na g_má Zht hmoVr h¡, Ohm± n H$moB© ^r
àmH¥$V g§»`m h¡ &
(R) : 5 Ho$ A^mÁ` JwUZI§S>Z _| Ho$db Xmo hr JwUZI§S> h¢, 1 Am¡a 5 &
20. (A) : `{X Ho$ÝÐ O(2, 3) dmbo EH$ d¥Îm na q~Xþ A(4, 3) Am¡a B(x, 5) pñWV h¢,
Vmo x H$m _mZ 2 hmoJm &
(R) : d¥Îm H$s àË`oH$ Ordm H$m _Ü`-q~Xþ, d¥Îm H$m Ho$ÝÐ hmoVm h¡ &
IÊS> I
(VSA) 2
22. (H$) `{X a cos + b sin = m VWm a sin b cos =n h¡, Vmo {gÕ H$s{OE
{H$ a2 + b2 = m2 + n2.
AWdm
(I) {gÕ H$s{OE :
sec A 1 sec A 1
+ = 2 cosec A
sec A 1 sec A 1
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not
the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
19. Assertion (A) : The number 5n cannot end with the digit 0, where n is a
natural number.
Reason (R): Prime factorisation of 5 has only two factors, 1 and 5.
20. Assertion (A) : If the points A(4, 3) and B(x, 5) lie on a circle with centre
O(2, 3), then the value of x is 2.
Reason (R) : Centre of a circle is the mid-point of each chord of the
circle.
SECTION B
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks each.
21. Find the greatest 3-digit number which is divisible by 18, 24 and 36.
22. (a) If a cos + b sin = m and a sin b cos = n, then prove that
a2 + b2 = m2 + n2.
OR
(b) Prove that :
sec A 1 sec A 1
+ = 2 cosec A
sec A 1 sec A 1
24. {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ {H$gr d¥Îm Ho$ {H$gr ì`mg Ho$ {gam| na ItMr JB© ñne© -aoImE± g_mÝVa hmoVr
h¢ &
25. (H$) {~ÝXþ A(4, 5) Am¡a B(4, 5) H$mo {_bmZo dmbo aoImI§S> H$mo {~ÝXþ P go Bg àH$ma
{d^m{OV {H$`m OmVm h¡ {H$ AP : AB = 2 : 5 h¡ & {~ÝXþ P Ho$ {ZX}em§H$ kmV
H$s{OE &
AWdm
(I) {~ÝXþ P(x, y), {~ÝXþAm| A(5, 1) VWm B(1, 5) go g_XÿañW h¡ & {gÕ H$s{OE {H$
x = y.
IÊS> J
(SA) 3
26. (H$) Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, CD, AB H$m b§~ g_{Û^mOH$ h¡ & EF, CD Ho$ b§~dV h¡ &
CF FG
AE, CD H$mo G na H$mQ>Vr h¡ & {gÕ H$s{OE {H$ .
CD DG
AWdm
24. Prove that the tangents drawn at the ends of a diameter of a circle are
parallel.
25. (a) The line segment joining the points A(4, 5) and B(4, 5) is divided
by the point P such that AP : AB = 2 : 5. Find the coordinates of P.
OR
(b) Point P(x, y) is equidistant from points A(5, 1) and B(1, 5). Prove
that x = y.
SECTION C
This section comprises short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
OR
1 1
27. EH$ {^Þ Ho$ A§e _| go 1 KQ>m XoZo na {^Þ ~Z OmVr h¡ & `h {^Þ ~Z OmVr h¡ O~
3 4
{^Þ Ho$ ha _| 8
dJ© A§Vamb 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 45 45 50 50 55 55 60
~ma§~maVm 14 22 16 6 5 3 4
AWdm
1
27. A fraction becomes when 1 is subtracted from the numerator. It
3
1
becomes when 8 is added to the denominator. Find the fraction.
4
tan A tan A
= 2 cosec A
1 sec A 1 sec A
Classes 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 45 45 50 50 55 55 60
Frequency 14 22 16 6 5 3 4
OR
31. Cg A.P. H$m gmd© AÝVa kmV H$s{OE, {OgH$m nhbm nX 8, A§{V_ nX 65 VWm BgHo$ g^r
nXm| H$m `moJ\$b 730 h¡ &
IÊS> K
(LA) 5
AWdm
15
(I) Xmo nmBn {_bH$a EH$ Q>¢H$ H$mo K§Q>m| _| ^a gH$Vo h¢ & A{YH$ ì`mg dmbm
8
nmBn, N>moQ>o ì`mg dmbo nmBn go, 2 K§Q>o H$_ _| Q>¢H$ H$mo ^a gH$Vm h¡ & XmoZm| nmBn
AbJ-AbJ Q>¢H$ H$mo {H$VZo g_` _| ^a gH$Vo h¢, kmV H$s{OE &
33. 15 m
5m b§~r añgr go ~m±Y {X`m J`m h¡ & Bg _¡XmZ Ho$ Cg ^mJ H$m joÌ\
10 m H$a Xr OmE Vmo Kmg Ma
gH$Zo dmbo joÌ\ ( = 3.14 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
31. Find the common difference of an A.P. whose first term is 8, the last term
is 65 and the sum of all its terms is 730.
SECTION D
This section comprises long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
OR
15
(b) Two pipes together can fill a tank in hours. The pipe with
8
larger diameter takes 2 hours less than the pipe with smaller
diameter to fill the tank separately. Find the time in which each
pipe can fill the tank separately.
33. A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square shaped grass field of side
15 m by means of a 5 m long rope. Find the area of that part of the field
in which the horse can graze. Also, find the increase in grazing area if
length of rope is increased to 10 m. (Use = 3·14)
AWdm
(I) Xmo d¥Îm h¢ {OZHo$ H|$Ð O Am¡a O h¢, Am¡a {ÌÁ`mE± H«$_e: 6 cm Am¡a 8 cm h¢ & Xmo
{~ÝXþAm| P Am¡a Q na do Bg àH$ma à{VÀN>oX H$aVo h¢ {H$ OP Am¡a O P Xmo d¥Îmm| H$s
ñne©-aoImE± h¢ & C^`{ZîR> Ordm PQ H$s bå~mB© kmV H$s{OE &
35. EH$ 80 m -gm_Zo Xmo I§^o bJoo hþE h¢ & EH$ I§^o H$s D±$MmB©
Xÿgao I§^o H$s D±$MmB© go 20 m
Ho$ {eIa Ho$ CÞ`Z H$moU H«$_e: 60 Am¡a 30 h¢ & I§^m| go {~ÝXþ H$s Xÿar Am¡a àË`oH$
I§^o H$s D±$MmB© kmV H$s{OE & ( 3 = 1·73 H$m à`moJ H$s{OE)
OR
35. Two pillars are standing on either side of a 80 m wide road. Height of one
pillar is 20 m more than the height of the other pillar. From a point on
the road between the pillars, the angle of elevation of the higher pillar is
60 , whereas that of the other pillar is 30 . Find the position of the point
between the pillars and the height of each pillar. (Use 3 = 1·73)
àH$aU AÜ``Z 2
37. EH$ Jmoë\$ H$s J|X bJ^J 300 500 {S>ånb Ho$ gmW JmobmH$ma hmoVr h¡, Omo IobZo Ho$
Xm¡amZ CgHo$ doJ H$mo & Jmoë\$ H$s J|X nma§n[aH$ ê$n go g\o$X hmoVr h¡,
bo{H$Z a§Jm| _| ^r CnbãY hmoVr h¡ & Xr JB© AmH¥${V _|, EH$ Jmoë\$ H$s J|X H$m ì`mg
4·2 cm Am¡a BgH$s gVh na {ÌÁ`m 2 mm Ho$ 315 {S>ånb (AY©-JmobmH$ma) h¢ &
(ii) EH$ {S>ånb ~ZmZo Ho$ {bE ImoXr JB© gm_J«r H$m Am`VZ kmV H$s{OE & 1
(iii) (H$) n[adoe Ho$ g§nH©$ _| AmZo dmbm Hw$b n¥îR>r` joÌ\$b kmV H$s{OE & 2
AWdm
(iii) (I) Jmoë\$ H$s J§oX H$m Am`VZ kmV H$s{OE & 2
(iii) (b) How much distance has the dolphin covered before hitting
the water level again ? 2
Case Study 2
37. A golf ball is spherical with about 300 500 dimples that help increase
its velocity while in play. Golf balls are traditionally white but available
in colours also. In the given figure, a golf ball has diameter
4·2 cm and the surface has 315 dimples (hemi-spherical) of radius 2 mm.
(ii) Find the volume of the material dug out to make one dimple. 1
(iii) (a) Find the total surface area exposed to the surroundings. 2
OR
38. EH$ {_{S>b ñHy$b Zo {H«$g_g H$m{Z©db na {ZåZ{b{IV pñnZa Jo_ H$mo µ\$§S>-aoµOa Ho$ ê$n _|
MbmZo H$m {ZU©` {b`m &
: àË`oH$ pñnZa H$mo EH$ ~ma pñnZ H$s{OE & Zrbm Am¡a bmb, ~¢JZr ~ZmVo
h¢ & Bg{bE, `{X EH$ pñnZa bmb (R) Am¡a Xÿgam Zrbm (B) {XImVm h¡, Vmo Amn OrVVo
hmo & Eogo n[aUm_ na {bIm OmVm h¡ &
(i) Jo_ Ho$ g^r g§^d n[aUm_m| H$s gyMr ~ZmBE & 1
Making Purple : Spin each spinner once. Blue and red make purple. So, if
outcome
(ii) 1
OR
(iii) (b) If the same amount of < 5 has been decided for winning or
losing the game, then how much fund had been collected by
school ? (Number of participants = 99) 2
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct assessment of
the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems which may affect the
future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To avoid mistakes, it is requested
that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to public in
any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the life and future
of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone, publishing in any magazine
and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action under various rules of the Board and
IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not be done
according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme should be strictly
adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers which are based on
latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be assessed for their
correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The students
can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should be awarded
accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator on the
first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given in the Marking
Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation and discussion. The
remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after ensuring that there is no
significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be marked.
Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that answer is correct
and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks awarded for
different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and encircled.
This may also be followed strictly.
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________(example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in Question Paper)
has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer deserves it.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours every day
and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per day in other subjects
(Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced syllabus and number of
questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the Examiner in
the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is correctly
and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be marked
as cross (X) and awarded zero (0)Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error detected by
the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the evaluation work as also
of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned, it is again reiterated that the
instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for spot
Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to the title
page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment of the
prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head Examiners are once
again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out strictly as per value points for
each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
2
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/1/1)
Sol. (B) 1 1
The value of k for which the pair of equations kx = y + 2 and 6 x = 2 y + 3
2.
has infinitely many solutions,
Sol. (C) 0 1
In what ratio, does x-axis divide the line segment joining the points
4.
A(3, 6) and b(−12, −3) ?
(A) 1: 2 (B) 1: 4 (C) 4 :1 (D) 2 :1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
Sol. (D) 2 : 1 1
In the given figure, PQ is tangent to the circle centred at O.
5.
If AOB = 95 , then the measure of ABQ will be
Sol. (C) 3 1
1 1
7. If , are the zeroes of a polynomial p( x) = x 2 + x − 1 , then 𝛼 +𝛽 equals to
−1
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) − 1 (D)
2
Sol. (A) 1 1
The least positive value of k , for which the quadratic equation
8.
2 x 2 + kx − 4 = 0 has rational roots, is
(A) 2 2 (B) 2 (C) 2 (D) 2
Sol. (B) 2 1
3 2 0 0
4 tan 30 − sec 45 + sin 60 is equal to
9. 2 0 2
5 −3 1
(A) −1 (B) (C) (D)
6 2 6
Sol. (A) – 1 1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
4
Curved surface area of a cylinder of height 5 cm is 94.2 cm 2 . Radius of the
10.
cylinder is (Take = 3.14)
(A) 2 cm (B) 3 cm (C) 2.9 cm (D) 6 cm
Sol. (B) 3 1
The distribution below gives the marks obtained by 80 students on a test :
11.
Marks Less Less Less Less Less Less
than 10 than than than 40 than than
20 30 50 60
Number of 3 12 27 57 75 80
Students
The modal class of this distribution is :
(A) 10-20 (B) 20-30
(C) 30-40 (D) 50-60
Sol. (C) 30 – 40 1
The curved surface area of a cone having height 24 cm and radius 7 cm, is
12.
(A) 528 cm 2 (B) 1056 cm 2 (C) 550 cm 2 (D) 500 cm 2
Sol. (C)550cm2 1
Sol. (A) p + q = 1 1
A girl calculates that the probability of her winning the first prize in a lottery
17.
is 0.08. If 6000 tickets are sold, how many tickets has she bought?
(A) 40 (B) 240 (C) 480 (D) 750
Sol. (C) 480 1
19. Assertion (A): Point P ( 0, 2 ) is the point of intersection of y-axis with the
line 3 x + 2 y = 4 .
Reason (R): The distance of point P ( 0, 2 ) from x-axis is 2 units.
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason ( R) are correct but Reason ( R) is
Sol. 1
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
6
Assertion (A): The perimeter of ABC is a rational number.
20.
Reason (R): The sum of the squares of two rational numbers is always
rational.
SECTION B
This section comprises of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
Solve the pair of equations x = 3 and y = −4 graphically.
21(a).
Sol. Correct graph of both the equations. 1
Solution of equation is x = 3, y = – 4 1
OR
Using graphical method, find whether following system of linear equations
21(b).
is consistent or not:
x = 0 and y = −7
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
AX 3 AZ ½
Sol. As XZ || BC Therefore = = – (i)
XB 2 ZC
AXY ABM ½
𝐴𝑋 𝑋𝑌
⇒ 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐵𝑀 or 5 =
3 𝑋𝑌 ½
3
9
½
𝑋𝑌 = 5 or 1·8 cm
OR
1
23(b). If sin = and cot = 3 , then find the value of cosecα+ cosecβ
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
8
Sol. 1 ½
cosec = = 2
sin
1
cosec = 1 + cot 2 = 1+3 =2
½
cosec + cosec = 2 + 2 or 2 ( 2 + 1)
Find the greatest number which divides 85 and 72 leaving remainders 1 and
24.
2 respectively.
A bag contains 4 red, 3 blue and 2 yellow balls. One ball is drawn at random
25.
from the bag. Find the probability that drawn ball is
(i) red (ii) yellow.
Total No of Balls=9
Sol.
4 1
(i) P(drawn ball is red) =
9
2 1
(ii) P(drawn ball is yellow) =
9
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
Half of the difference between two numbers is 2. The sum of the greater
26.
number and twice the smaller number is 13. Find the numbers.
Let the numbers be x and y, x > y
Sol.
1
Therefore (x – y) = 2 — (i) 1
2
and 2y + x = 13 — (ii) 1
Solving equations (i) and (ii)
x = 7, y = 3 1
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
27. Prove that 5 is an irrational number.
Sol. Let √𝟓 be a rational number.
𝐩 ½
∴ √𝟓 = 𝐪 , where q≠0 and let p & q be co-primes.
x=0 ½
(3-y)2=75
3-y = ±5√3
y=3-5√3
y= -5.5
½
The coordinates of the third vertex are (0,-5.5)
Two tangents TP and TQ are drawn to a circle with centre O from an external
29(a).
point T. Prove that PTQ = 2OPQ .
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
10
TP = TQ
Sol.
⇒ TPQ = TQP 1
Let PTQ be
180° – 𝜃 𝜃
⇒ TPQ = TQP = = 90 – 2 1
2
OR
In the given figure, a circle is inscribed in a quadrilateral ABCD in which
29(b).
B = 900 . If AD 17 cm, AB = 20 cm and DS = 3 cm, then find the radius of
the circle.
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
Sol.
DR = DS = 3 cm ½
AR = AD – DR = 17 – 3 = 14 cm 1
AQ = AR = 14 cm ½
QB = AB – AQ = 20 – 14 = 6 cm ½
Since QB = OP = r radius = 6 cm ½
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃 + 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝜃 ½
1 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃
= = RHS ½
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
12
Sol. Let h be height of cylindrical part and r be radius of hemisphere ½
2 1408 1
Volume of room = 2 r 3 + r 3 =
3 21
r = 2 ½
Therefore, h=4 ½
Height of the room is = 6m ½
OR
An empty cone is of radius 3 cm and height 12 cm. Ice-cream is filled
31(b).
th
1
in it so that lower part of the cone which is of the volume of the
6
cone is unfilled but hemisphere is formed on the top. Find volume of the
ice-cream. (Take = 3.14)
Sol. 1 1
Volume of the cone = = 9 12 = 36 cm3
3
5
Volume of ice-cream in the cone = 6 × 36 × 𝜋 = 30𝜋𝑐𝑚3 ½
2 1
Volume of ice-cream on top = 3 × 27 × 𝜋 = 18𝜋𝑐𝑚3
= 48 3.14 = 150.72cm3 ½
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other
32.
two sides at distinct points, prove that the other two sides are divided in
the same ratio.
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
14
OR
A spherical balloon of radius r subtends an angle of 600 at the eye of an
33(b).
observer. If the angle of elevation of its centre is 450 from the same point,
then prove that height of the centre of the balloon is 2 times its radius.
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
OA 1
Also = sin 45 = OB = OA 2 (ii) 1
OB 2
Sol. 22 60 1 3 1+1
Area of minor segment = 14 14 − 14 14
7 360 2 2
308
= − 49 3 cm2 or 17.9cm2 1
3
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
22 308
Area of major segment = × 14 × 14 − ( − 49√3)
7 3
308 1
= 616 − + 49 3
3
1540
= + 49 3 cm2 or 598.1cm2 1
3
th th
The ratio of the 11 term to 17 term of an A.P. is 3:4. Find the ratio of
35(a).
5th term to 21st term of the same A.P. Also, find the ratio of the sum of
first 5 terms to that of first 21 terms.
Sol. a + 10 d 3 1
Given =
a + 16 d 4
4a + 40d = 3a + 48d
1
a = 8d (i)
a a + 4d 3
therefore 5 = =7 using( i)
a 21 a + 20 d 1
a5 : a21 = 3 : 7
5
s5 (2a + 4 d ) 5 20 d 25
= 2 = = 2
s 21 21
(2a + 20 d ) 21 36 d 189
2
Therefore, S5:S21=25:189
OR
250 logs are stacked in the following manner:
35(b).
22 logs in the bottom row, 21 in the next row, 20 in the row next to it and so
on (as shown by an example). In how many rows, are the 250 logs placed and
how many logs are there in the top row?
Sol.
Let the number of rows be n.
A.P. formed is 22, 21, 20, 19, .........
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
16
Here a = 22, d = – 1 Sn = 250 1
n
250 = [44 + (n – 1) (– 1)] 1
2
1
n2 – 45n + 500 = 0
(n – 25) (n – 20) = 0
n 25 n = 20 1
logs in top row = a20 = 22 + 19 (– 1) = 3 1
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
While designing the school year book, a teacher asked the student that the
36.
length and width of a particular photo is increased by x units each to double
the area of the photo. The original photo is 18 cm long and 12 cm wide.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(I) Write an algebraic equation depicting the above information.
(II) Write the corresponding quadratic equation in standard form.
(III) What should be the new dimensions of the enlarged photo?
OR
Can any rational value of x make the new area equal to 220cm 2
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
OR
(iii) If (18 + x) (12 + x) = 220
1
then x2 + 30x – 4 = 0
1
Here D = 900 + 16 = 916 which is not a perfect square.
It helps them to compare and analyse the results. The table given below shows
sub-division wise seasonal (monsoon) rainfall (mm) in 2018:
Rainfall (mm) Number of Sub-divisions
200-400 2
400-600 4
600-800 7
800-1000 4
1000-1200 2
1200-1400 3
1400 -1600 1
1600-1800 1
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(I) Write the modal class.
(II) Find the median of the given data.
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
18
OR
(II) Find the mean rainfall in this season.
(III) If sub-division having at least 1000 mm rainfall during monsoon season,
is considered good rainfall sub-division, then how many sub-divisions
had good rainfall?
𝑁
(ii) = 12, median class is 600 – 800 ½
2
Rainfall xi fi cf.
200 – 400 300 2 2
400 – 600 500 4 6
600 – 800 700 7 13
800 – 1000 900 4 17
1000 – 1200 1100 2 19
1200 – 1400 1300 3 22
½ for
1400 – 1600 1500 1 23 correct
table
1600 – 1800 1700 1 24
24
200
Median = 600 + (12 – 6)
7
5400
= or 771·4 1
7
OR
(ii)
Rainfall xi fi f ixi
200 – 400 300 2 600
400 – 600 500 4 2000
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
600 – 800 700 7 4900
800 – 1000 900 4 3600
1000 – 1200 1100 2 2200 1 for
correct
1200 – 1400 1300 3 3900 table
1400 – 1600 1500 1 1500
1600 – 1800 1700 1 1700
24 20400
20400 1
Mean = = 850
24
1
(iii) Sub-divisions having good rainfall = 2 + 3 + 1 + 1 = 7.
In the given figure, AB is one such tangent to a circle of radius 75 cm. Point
O is centre of the circle and ABO = 300 . PQ is parallel to OA.
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
20
Based on above information:
(a) find the length of AB.
(b) find the length of OB.
(c) find the length of AP.
OR
Find the length of PQ
Sol. 1 75 1
(i)tan 30 = =
3 AB 2
AB = 75 3 cm 1
2
1 75 1
(ii)sin 30 = 2 = 𝑂𝐵
2
1
OB = 150 cm
2
(iii) QB = 150 – 75 = 75 cm 1
Q is mid point. of OB
𝑄𝐵 𝑃𝑄
=
𝑂𝐵 𝑂𝐴
1 𝑃𝑄
2= 1
75
75 1
PQ = cm
2 2
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/1_2022-23
22
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/1/2
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the
previous attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other
answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question
deserving more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note
“Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only
once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/1/2)
1. In what ratio, does x-axis divide the line segment joining the points
A(3, 6) and 𝐵(−12, −3) ?
(A) 1: 2 (B) 1: 4 (C) 4 :1 (D) 2 :1
Sol. (D) 2 : 1 1
2. In the given figure, PQ is tangent to the circle centered at O.
If AOB = 95 , then the measure of ABQ will be
(A) 47.5 (B) 42.5 (C) 85 (D) 95
Sol. (C) 3 1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
4. In a group of 20 people, 5 can't swim. If one person is selected at random,
then the probability that he/she can swim, is
3 1 1
(A) (B) (C) 1 (D)
4 3 4
7. The end-points of a diameter of a circle are (2, 4) and (-3, -1). The radius of
the circle is
5 5
(A) 2 5 (B) 2 √5 (C) 2 √2 (D) 5 2
Sol. 5 2 1
(C) 2
8. 5
Which of the following is a quadratic polynomial with zeroes and 0?
3
5 5 2
(A) 3x (3x – 5) (B) 3x (x – 5) (C) x 2 − (D) x
3 3
Sol. (A) 3x (3x – 5) 1
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
9. The graph of y = p ( x ) is given, for a polynomial p ( x) . The number of
zeroes of p(x) from the graph is:
Sol. (B) 1 1
10. The value of k for which the pair of equations kx = y + 2 and 6 x = 2 y + 3
has infinitely many solutions,
(A) is k = 3 (B) does not exist (C) is k = −3 (D) is k = 4
Sol. (A) p + q = 1 1
14. A girl calculates that the probability of her winning the first prize in a lottery
is 0.08. If 6000 tickets are sold, how many tickets has she bought?
(A) 40 (B) 240 (C) 480 (D) 750
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
Sol. (C) 480 1
If , are the zeroes of a polynomial p( x) = x + x − 1 , then
2
15.
1 1
+𝛽 equals to
𝛼
(C) − 1
−1
(A) 1 (B) 2 (D) 2
Sol. (A) 1 1
16. The least positive value of k , for which the quadratic equation
2 x 2 + kx − 4 = 0 has rational roots, is
Sol. (B) 2 1
17. 5 2
8 sec 60 − tan 60 + cos 45
2 2
is equal to
−5 −1 −1
(A) (B) (C) 0 (D)
3 2 4
Sol. (C) 0 1
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
19. Assertion (A) : The perimeter of ABC is a rational number.
Reason (R) : The sum of the squares of two rational numbers is always
rational.
20. Assertion (A): Point P ( 0, 2 ) is the point of intersection of y-axis with the
line 3 x + 2 y = 4 .
Reason (R): The distance of point P ( 0, 2 ) from x-axis is 2 units.
Sol. (B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct but Reason (R) is 1
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
SECTION B
This section comprises of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21. Find the least number which when divided by 12, 16 and 24 leaves remainder
7 in each case
Sol. LCM of 12, 16, 24 = 48 1
22. A bag contains 4 red, 3 blue and 2 yellow balls. One ball is drawn at random
from the bag. Find the probability that drawn ball is
(i) red (ii) yellow.
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
2 1
(ii) P(drawn ball is yellow) =
9
OR
23(b). Using graphical method, find whether pair of equations x=0 and y = −3 is
consistent or not
Sol. Drawing correct graph 1
As 𝑥 = 0 and 𝑦 = −3 are intersecting
∴ Pair of equations is consistent 1
Sol. 3
sin + cos =
OR
1
24(b). If sin = and cot = 3 , then find the value of cosecα+ cosecβ
2
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
Sol. 1 1
cosec = = 2
sin 2
1
cosec = 1 + cot 2 = 1 + 3 = 2
1
cosec + cosec = 2 + 2 or 2 ( 2 + 1) 2
Sol. 𝐴𝑋 3 𝐴𝑍 ½
As 𝑋𝑍|| 𝐵𝐶 Therefore, 𝑋𝐵 = 2 = 𝑍𝐶 – (i)
AXY ABM ½
𝐴𝑋 𝑋𝑌 3 𝑋𝑌 ½
⇒ 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐵𝑀 or 5 = 3
9 ½
𝑋𝑌 = 5 or 1·8 cm
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26. The centre of a circle is (2a, a-7). Find the values of ‘a’ if the circle passes
through the point (11,-9). Radius of the circle is 5 2 cm.
Sol. (2a – 11)2 + (a – 7 + 9)2 = (5 2 )2 1
5a2 – 40a + 75 = 0 1
(a – 5) (5a – 15) = 0
a = 5, a = 3 1
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
27(a). (a) Two tangents TP and TQ are drawn to a circle with centre O from an
external point T. Prove that PTQ = 2OPQ .
Sol. TP = TQ
⇒ TPQ = TQP 1
Let PTQ be
180° – 𝜃 𝜃 1
⇒ TPQ = TQP = = 90 – 2
2
PTQ = 2 OPQ 1
OR
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
Sol.
DR = DS = 3 cm ½
AR = AD – DR = 17 – 3 = 14 cm
AQ = AR = 14 cm 1
QB = AB – AQ = 20 – 14 = 6 cm ½
Since QB = OP = r ½
radius = 6 cm ½
28. Half of the difference between two numbers is 2. The sum of the greater
number and twice the smaller number is 13. Find the numbers.
Sol. Let the numbers be x and y, x > y
1
Therefore (x – y) = 2 — (i) 1
2
and 2y + x = 13 — (ii) 1
Solving equations (i) and (ii)
x = 7, y = 3 1
Sol. 1 1
Volume of the cone = = 9 12 = 36 cm3
3
5
Volume of ice-cream in the cone = 6 × 36 × 𝜋 = 30𝜋𝑐𝑚3 ½
2 1
Volume of ice-cream on top = 3 × 27 × 𝜋 = 18𝜋𝑐𝑚3
= 48 3.14 = 150.72cm3 ½
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
Sol. 1 1 ½
LHS =(sin 𝐴 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐴) (𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝐴 – 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝐴)
1 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 𝐴 1 – 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝐴
½
= ×
sin A cos A
½
= sin A cos A
RHS = cos A
1 ½
sin A
+
sin A cos A
𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐴 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝐴
= sin2 A + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 A ½
= sin A cos A = LHS ½
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
32. A ladder set against a wall at an angle 450 to the ground. If the foot of the
ladder is pulled away from the wall through a distance of 4 m, its top slides
a distance of 3 m down the wall making an angle 300 with the ground. Find
the final height of the top of the ladder from the ground and length of the
ladder.
Sol.
1 for
correct
figure
𝐴𝐵 ℎ+ 3
sin 45 = 𝐵𝐷 = 𝐵𝐷
1
BD = (h + 3) 2 ------ (i)
1 ℎ
sin 30 = 2 = 𝐶𝐸
CE = 2h ------ (ii) 1
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
length of ladder remains same
Therefore BD = CE (h + 3) 2 = 2h
3 2 1
h= = 3( 2 + 1)
2– 2
33(a). The ratio of the 11th term to 17th term of an A.P. is 3:4. Find the ratio of
5th term to 21st term of the same A.P. Also, find the ratio of the sum of
first 5 terms to that of first 21 terms.
Sol. a + 10 d 3 1
Given =
a + 16 d 4
4a + 40d = 3a + 48d
1
a = 8d (i)
a a + 4d 3
therefore 5 = =7 using( i) 1
a 21 a + 20 d
a5 : a21 = 3 : 7
5
s5 (2a + 4 d ) 5 20 d 25
= 2 = = 2
s 21 21
(2a + 20 d ) 21 36 d 189
2
Therefore, S5:S21=25:189
OR
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
33(b). 250 logs are stacked in the following manner:
22 logs in the bottom row, 21 in the next row, 20 in the row next to it
and so on (as shown by an example). In how many rows, are the 250
logs placed and how many logs are there in the top row?
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
b z 1
= __ (i) 12
a+b x
Also AQB ARC
a 𝑧
= 𝑦 __ (ii) 1
a+b 12
z z a +b
from (i) and (ii) + = =1
x y a +b 1
1 1 1
+ =
x y z 1
OR
34(b). In the given figure, CD and RS are respectively the medians of ABC and
PQR . If ABC ~ PQR then prove that:
(i) ∆ ADC~∆PSR
(ii) 𝐴𝐷 × 𝑃𝑅 = 𝐴𝐶 × 𝑃𝑆
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
AD AC
= and A = P 1
PS PR
Therefore ADC PSR
𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐶
(ii)Hence = 𝑃𝑅 1
𝑃𝑆
AD × PR = AC × PS 1
Sol. 22 60 1 3 1+1
Area of minor segment = 14 14 − 14 14
7 360 2 2
308 1
= − 49 3 cm2 or 17.9cm2
3
22 308
Area of major segment = × 14 × 14 − ( − 49√3)
7 3
308
= 616 − + 49 3 1
3
1540
= + 49 3 cm2 or 598.1cm2 1
3
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
36. The discus throw is an event in which an athlete attempts to
throw a discus. The athlete spins anti-clockwise around one and
a half times through a circle, then releases the throw. When released,
the discus travels along tangent to the circular spin orbit.
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
In the given figure, AB is one such tangent to a circle of radius 75 cm.
Point O is centre of the circle and ABO = 300 . PQ is parallel to OA.
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
Sol. 1 75 1
(i) tan 30 = =
3 AB 2
1
AB = 75 3 cm
2
1
1 75 2
(ii) sin 30 = 2 = 𝑂𝐵
1
OB = 150 cm
2
(iii) QB = 150 – 75 = 75 cm
Q is mid-point. of OB 1
1 𝑃𝑄
2= 1
75
1
75
PQ = cm 2
2
While designing the school year book, a teacher asked the student that the
37.
length and width of a particular photo is increased by x units each to double
the area of the photo. The original photo is 18 cm long and 12 cm wide.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(I) Write an algebraic equation depicting the above information.
(II) Write the corresponding quadratic equation in standard form.
(III) What should be the new dimensions of the enlarged photo?
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
OR
Can any rational value of x make the new area equal to 220cm 2
OR
(iii) If (18 + x) (12 + x) = 220
1
then x2 + 30x – 4 = 0
1
Here D = 900 + 16 = 916 which is not a perfect square.
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
It helps them to compare and analyse the results. The table given below
shows sub-division wise seasonal (monsoon) rainfall (mm) in 2018:
Rainfall (mm) Number of Sub-divisions
200-400 2
400-600 4
600-800 7
800-1000 4
1000-1200 2
1200-1400 3
1400 -1600 1
1600-1800 1
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(I) Write the modal class.
(II) Find the median of the given data.
OR
Find the mean rainfall in this season.
(III) If sub-division having at least 1000 mm rainfall during monsoon
season, is considered good rainfall sub-division, then how many sub-
divisions had good rainfall?
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
𝑁
(ii) = 12, median class is 600 – 800 ½
2
Rainfall xi fi cf.
200 – 400 300 2 2
400 – 600 500 4 6
600 – 800 700 7 13
800 – 1000 900 4 17
1000 – 1200 1100 2 19
1200 – 1400 1300 3 22
1400 – 1600 1500 1 23 ½ for
correct
1600 – 1800 1700 1 24 table
24
200
Median = 600 + (12 – 6)
7
5400 1
= or 771·4
7
OR
(ii)
Rainfall xi fi f ixi
200 – 400 300 2 600
400 – 600 500 4 2000
600 – 800 700 7 4900
800 – 1000 900 4 3600
1000 – 1200 1100 2 2200
1200 – 1400 1300 3 3900
1400 – 1600 1500 1 1500
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
1600 – 1800 1700 1 1700 1 for
24 20400 correct
table
20400 1
Mean = = 850
24
(iii) Sub-divisions having good rainfall = 2 + 3 + 1 + 1 = 7. 1
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/2_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/1/3
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct assessment of
the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems which may affect the
future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To avoid mistakes, it is requested
that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to public in
any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the life and future
of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone, publishing in any magazine
and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action under various rules of the Board and
IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not be done
according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme should be strictly
adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers which are based on
latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be assessed for their
correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The students
can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should be awarded
accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator on the
first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given in the Marking
Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation and discussion. The
remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after ensuring that there is no
significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be marked.
Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that answer is correct
and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks awarded for
different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and encircled.
This may also be followed strictly.
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________(example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in Question Paper)
has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer deserves it.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours every day
and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per day in other subjects
(Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced syllabus and number of
questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the Examiner in
the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is correctly
and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be marked
as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error detected by
the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the evaluation work as also
of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned, it is again reiterated that the
instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for spot
Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to the title
page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment of the
prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head Examiners are once
again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out strictly as per value points for
each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/1/3)
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
If are zeros of a polynomial p ( x) = 2 x − x − 1 then + is equal to
5. 2 2 2
−3 5 1 3
(A) 4 (B)4 (C) 4 (D) 4
Sol. 5 1
(B) 4
6. The least positive value of k , for which the quadratic equation
2 x 2 + kx − 4 = 0 has rational roots, is
(A) 2 2 (B) 2 (C) 2 (D) 2
Sol. (B) 2 1
7. 3 2 0 0
4 tan 30 − sec 45 + sin 60 is equal to
2 0 2
5 −3 1
(A) −1 (B) (C) (D)
6 2 6
Sol. (A) – 1 1
−5 −7
(A)-5, 7 (B) ,
2 2
−5 7
(C)-5, 0, 7 (D) -5, , ,7
2 2
Sol. (C) -5, 0, 7 1
9. The value of k for which the pair of equations kx = y + 2 and 6 x = 2 y + 3
has infinitely many solutions,
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
A(3, 6) and 𝐵(−12, −3) ?
(A) 1: 2 (B) 1: 4 (C) 4 :1 (D) 2 :1
Sol. (D) 2 : 1 1
Sol. (C) 3 1
16. In a survey, it is found that every fifth person has a vehicle. The probability
of a person NOT having a vehicle is,
1 4
(A) 5 (B) 5% (C) 5 (D) 95%
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Sol. 4 1
(C) 5
17. If the value of each observation of a statistical data is increased by 3, then the
mean of the data
(A) remains unchanged (B) increases by 3
(C) increases by 6 (D) increases by 3n
Sol. (B) increases by 3 1
18. −2 2
Which of the following is a quadratic polynomial having zeroes and ?
3 3
4 9
(A) 4 x 2 − 9 (B) (9 x 2 + 4) (C) x 2 + (D) 5(9 x 2 − 4)
9 4
Sol. (D) 5 (9x2 – 4) 1
20. Assertion (A): Point P ( 0, 2 ) is the point of intersection of y-axis with the
line 3 x + 2 y = 4 .
Reason (R) : The distance of point P ( 0, 2 ) from x-axis is 2 units.
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Sol. (B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason ( R) are correct but Reason ( R) is not the 1
correct explanation of Assertion (A)
SECTION B
This section comprises of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21(a). If 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 1, then prove that 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 4 𝜃 = 1.
Sol.
sin + sin2 = 1
1
sin = 1 – sin2 = cos2
2
OR
21(b). 1 cos ec 2 − sec2 3
If tan = , then show that =
7 cos ec 2 + sec2 4
Sol.
1 8
sec2 = 1 + = 1
7 7
2
1
cot = 7 cosec2 = 1 + 7 = 8
2
8
8–
LHS = 7 = 48
8 64
8+ 1
7
3
= =RHS
4
22. Find the greatest number which divides 85 and 72 leaving remainders 1 and
2 respectively.
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Sol.
We have to find HCF of 85 – 1 = 84 and 72 – 2 = 70. 1
1
HCF of 84 and 70 = 14
23. A bag contains 4 red, 3 blue and 2 yellow balls. One ball is drawn at random
from the bag. Find the probability that drawn ball is
(i) red (ii) yellow.
Sol. Total No of Balls=9
4 1
(i) P(drawn ball is red) =
9
2 1
(ii) P(drawn ball is yellow) =
9
24. In the given figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. AE divides the line segment
BD in the ratio 1 : 2. If BE = 1.5cm, then find the length of BC.
Sol.
OBE ODA 1
2
𝑂𝐵 𝐵𝐸
𝑂𝐷 = 𝐴𝐷 1
2
1 𝐵𝐸 1
2 = 𝐵𝐶 (AD = BC)
2
1
BE = 1·5 cm BC = 3 cm
2
25(a). Solve the pair of equations x = 3 and y = −4 graphically.
Sol.
Correct graph of both the equations. 1
Solution of equation is x = 3, y = – 4 1
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
OR
25(b). Using graphical method, find whether following system of linear equations
is consistent or not:
𝑥 = 0 and 𝑦 = −7
Sol.
Correct graph of y = – 7 and x = 0 1
As y = – 7 is intersecting x = 0 at (0, – 7)
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26(a). Two tangents TP and TQ are drawn to a circle with centre O from an
external point T. Prove that PTQ = 2OPQ .
Sol.
TP = TQ
⇒ TPQ = TQP 1
Let PTQ be
180° – 𝜃 𝜃
⇒ TPQ = TQP = = 90 – 2 1
2
𝜃 𝜃
⇒ OPQ = 90 – (90 – 2 ) = 2
PTQ = 2 OPQ 1
OR
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
26(b). In the given figure, a circle is inscribed in a quadrilateral ABCD in which
B = 900 . If AD 17 cm, AB = 20 cm and DS = 3 cm, then find the radius of
the circle.
Sol.
DR = DS = 3 cm ½
AR = AD – DR = 17 – 3 = 14 cm 1
AQ = AR = 14 cm ½
QB = AB – AQ = 20 – 14 = 6 cm ½
Since QB = OP = r radius = 6 cm ½
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
= 2[𝑠𝑖𝑛4 𝜃 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 4 𝜃 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃] − 3(𝑠𝑖𝑛4 𝜃 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 4 𝜃) + 1
= −1 + 1 = 0 1
28(a). A room is in the form of cylinder surmounted by a hemi-spherical dome.
The base radius of hemisphere is one-half the height of cylindrical part.
1408 3
Find total height of the room if it contains m of air. Take
21
22
=
7
OR
28(b). An empty cone is of radius 3 cm and height 12 cm. Ice-cream is filled
th
1
in it so that lower part of the cone which is of the volume of the
6
cone is unfilled but hemisphere is formed on the top. Find volume of the
ice-cream. (Take = 3.14)
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Sol. 1 1
Volume of the cone = = 9 12 = 36 cm3
3
5
Volume of ice-cream in the cone = 6 × 36 × 𝜋 = 30𝜋𝑐𝑚3 ½
2
Volume of ice-cream on top = 3 × 27 × 𝜋 = 18𝜋𝑐𝑚3 1
Total volume of the ice-cream = (30 + 18 ) = 48 cm 3
= 48 3.14 = 150.72cm3 ½
29. If ( −5, 3) and (5,3) are two vertices of an equilateral triangle, then find
coordinates of the third vertex, given that origin lies inside the triangle. (Take
3 = 1.7)
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Sol.
Let the third vertex be (x,y)
A (-5,3) B(5,3) C(x,y)
AB=10=AC
1
AC2=100
(-5-x)2+(3-y)2 = (5-x)2+(3-y)2 1
20x =0
x=0 ½
(3-y)2=75
3-y = ±5√3
y=3-5√3
y= -5.5
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
31. Jaya scored 40 marks in a test getting 3 marks for each correct answer and
losing 1 mark for each incorrect answer. Had 4 marks being awarded for each
correct answer and 2 marks were deducted for each incorrect answer then
Jaya again would have scored 40 marks. How many questions were there in
the Test?
Sol.
Let number of questions answered correctly be x
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
32(a). A chord of a circle of radius 14 cm subtends an angle of 600 at the centre. Find
the area of the corresponding minor segment of the circle. Also find the area
of the major segment of the circle.
Sol.
22 60 1 3
Area of minor segment = 14 14 − 14 14 1+1
7 360 2 2
308
= − 49 3 cm2 or 17.9cm2 1
3
22 308
Area of major segment = × 14 × 14 − ( − 49√3)
7 3
1
308
= 616 − + 49 3
3
1540
= + 49 3 cm2 or 598.1cm2 1
3
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
33(a). The ratio of the 11th term to 17th term of an A.P. is 3:4. Find the ratio of
5th term to 21st term of the same A.P. Also, find the ratio of the sum of
first 5 terms to that of first 21 terms.
Sol. a + 10 d 3 1
Given =
a + 16 d 4
4a + 40d = 3a + 48d
1
a = 8d (i)
a a + 4d 3
therefore 5 = =7 using( i) 1
a 21 a + 20 d
a5 : a21 = 3 : 7
5
s5 (2a + 4 d ) 5 20 d 25
= 2 = = 2
s 21 21
(2a + 20 d ) 21 36 d 189
2
Therefore, S5:S21=25:189
OR
33(b). 250 logs are stacked in the following manner:
22 logs in the bottom row, 21 in the next row, 20 in the row next to it
and so on (as shown by an example). In how many rows, are the 250
logs placed and how many logs are there in the top row?
1 mark
for
figure
1
AMB ~ A'MC
AB = A'C.
1
Similarly, DE = D'F 2
𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐶 𝐴𝑀
Given 𝐷𝐸 = 𝐷𝐹 = 𝐷𝑁
AC A' C AA' / 2
DF = D' F = D D' / 2
AA'C DD'F 1
1=2
Similarly, 3 = 4
1+3=A=2+4=D
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Hence ABC DEF (SAS) 1
OR
34(b). ABCD is a parallelogram, P is a point on side BC and DP when produced
meets AB produced at L. Prove that
𝐷𝑃 𝐷𝐶
(i) 𝑃𝐿 = 𝐵𝐿
𝐷𝐿 𝐴𝐿
(ii) 𝐷𝑃 = 𝐷𝐶
(iii) If LP : PD = 2 : 3 then find BP : BC
Sol.
𝐷𝑃 𝑃𝐶 𝐷𝐶
= 𝑃𝐵 = 𝐵𝐿 __ (i) 1
𝑃𝐿
(ii) As BC ∥ AD
LPB LDA 1
In ∆DLA, AD ll BP
𝐿𝑃 𝐿𝐵
𝐷𝑃 = 𝐴𝐵
𝐿𝑃 𝐿𝐵
+1= +1
𝐷𝑃 𝐴𝐵
𝐷𝐿 𝐴𝐿 1
𝐷𝑃 = 𝐴𝐵
𝐷𝐿 𝐴𝐿
𝐷𝑃 = 𝐶𝐷 (AB = CD) 1
𝐿𝑃 𝑃𝐵
(iii) 𝐿𝐷 = 𝐴𝐷 ( LPB LDA)
2 𝑃𝐵
5 = 𝐵𝐶 (AD = BC) 1
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
35. An aeroplane when flying at a height of 3000 m from the ground passes
vertically above another aeroplane at an instant when the angles of
elevation of the two planes from the same point on the ground are 60 0
and 450 respectively. Find the vertical distance between the aeroplanes
at that instant. Also, find the distance of first plane from the point of
observation. (Take 3 = 1.73)
Sol.
1 mark
for
figure
3000 – h
tan 45 = 1 = x = 3000 – h ------(i) 1
x
3000 1
tan 60 = 3 = x = 1000 3 ------(ii)
x
= 1270 1
3 3000 1
Also sin 60 = = z = 2000 3 = 3460
2 z
It helps them to compare and analyse the results. The table given below shows
sub-division wise seasonal (monsoon) rainfall (mm) in 2018:
Rainfall (mm) Number of Sub-divisions
200-400 2
400-600 4
600-800 7
800-1000 4
1000-1200 2
1200-1400 3
1400 -1600 1
1600-1800 1
Based on the above information, answer the following questions :
(I) Write the modal class.
(II) Find the median of the given data.
OR
(II) Find the mean rainfall in this season.
(III) If sub-division having at least 1000 mm rainfall during monsoon season,
is considered good rainfall sub-division, then how many sub-divisions
had good rainfall?
Sol. (i) Modal Class is 600-800 1
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
𝑁
(ii) = 12, median class is 600 – 800 ½
2
Rainfall xi fi cf.
200 – 400 300 2 2
400 – 600 500 4 6
600 – 800 700 7 13 ½ for
correct
800 – 1000 900 4 17 table
1000 – 1200 1100 2 19
1200 – 1400 1300 3 22
1400 – 1600 1500 1 23
1600 – 1800 1700 1 24
24
200
Median = 600 + (12 – 6)
7
5400
1
= or 771·4
7
OR
(ii)
Rainfall xi fi f ixi
200 – 400 300 2 600
400 – 600 500 4 2000
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
600 – 800 700 7 4900
1 for
800 – 1000 900 4 3600 correct
1000 – 1200 1100 2 2200 table
20400
Mean = = 850 1
24
In the given figure, AB is one such tangent to a circle of radius 75 cm. Point
O is centre of the circle and ABO = 300 . PQ is parallel to OA.
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Based on above information:
(a) find the length of AB.
(b) find the length of OB.
(c) find the length of AP.
OR
Find the length of PQ
Sol. 1
1 75 2
(i)tan 30 = =
3 AB
1
AB = 75 3 cm 2
1 75 1
(ii)sin 30 = 2 = 𝑂𝐵 2
OB = 150 cm 1
2
(iii) QB = 150 – 75 = 75 cm
Q is mid- point. of OB 1
OR
(iii) QB = 150 – 75 = 75 cm 1
2
Now, BQP BOA
𝑄𝐵 𝑃𝑄
= 𝑂𝐴
𝑂𝐵
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
1 𝑃𝑄 1
2= 75
75
1
PQ = cm 2
2
38. While designing the school year book, a teacher asked the student that the
length and width of a particular photo is increased by x units each to double
the area of the photo. The original photo is 18 cm long and 12 cm wide.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(I) Write an algebraic equation depicting the above information.
(II) Write the corresponding quadratic equation in standard form.
(III) What should be the new dimensions of the enlarged photo?
OR
Can any rational value of x make the new area equal to 220cm 2
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Sol.
(i) (18 + x) (12 + x) = 2(18 ×12) 1
(x + 36) (x – 6) = 0
x -36 x = 6. 1
OR
then x2 + 30x – 4 = 0 1
24
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/1/3_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/2/1
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark (✓) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________(example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any unassessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/2/1)
1.
Sol. (b) – x2 + 4x + 4 = 0 1
2.
Sol. (a) 22 cm 1
3.
Sol. (c) q 1
5.
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
6.
Sol. (d) 2 1
7.
Sol. 1 1
(c) 25
8.
Sol. (a) – 4 1
10.
Sol. 3 1
(d) 4 𝜋𝑑2
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
11.
Sol. 4 1
(b) 8
12.
Sol. 9 1
(d) 2
13.
Sol. 35 ° 1
(b) ( 2 )
14.
Sol. (d) – 1, – 3 1
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
15.
Sol. (c) PS 1
16.
Sol. (b) a2 + 2b 1
17.
Sol. 1 1
(b) 2 ab
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
18.
Sol. (d) 1 cm 1
19.
Sol. (b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the 1
correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
20.
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
SECTION B
This section comprises of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21.
Sol. 3
4 cot2 45 – sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = 4
2
√3 3
4(1)2 – (2)2 + ( 2 ) + p = 4 1
3 3 ½
4–4+ +p=
4 4
p=0 ½
OR
22(b).
Sol.
AB h 1
In ABC, tan = =
AC 3 h
1
⟹ tan = ½
3
= 30 ½
OR
24(b).
Sol.
Height of tower = AB
AB
In ABC, tan 30 =
30 1
30
AB = = 10 3
3 1
∴ Height of Tower is 10 3 m
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
25.
Sol. 1 1
LHS = (𝑐𝑜𝑠 – 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃) (𝑠𝑖𝑛 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃)
𝜃 𝜃
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
1 – 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝜃 1 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃
=( )( ) ½
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝜃
= × 1
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃
= sin cos
1 1
RHS = = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃
𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝜃 + 𝑐𝑜𝑡 𝜃 + ½
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃
= 1
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃
= sin cos
∴ LHS = RHS
28.
Sol. PQ = QR PQ2 = QR2
(5 – 0)2 + (– 3 – 1)2 = (x – 0)2 + (6 – 1)2 1
25 + 16 = x2 + 25 1
x2 = 16
x = 4, x = – 4 ½+½
29.
Sol. 22 120
Area cleaned by 1 blade = × 21 × 21 × 1½
7 360
= 462 1
Total area cleaned = 2 × 462 = 924 ½
∴ Total area cleaned is 924 cm2
30 (a).
x+y=5 1
Subtracting, 86 (x – y) = 86
x–y=1 1
x = 3, y = 2 ½+½
31.
Sol. OA = OP
In OAP, OPA = OAP ... (i) 1
OPA + APR = 90 1
OAP + APR = 90 Using (i) ½
QAP + APR = 90 ½
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
32.
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
Distance between the ships, RS = PS – PR
= 75 3 – 25 3 = 50 3 1
= 50 × 1·73 = 86·5 ½
∴ Distance between the ships is 86.5 m
OR
33(b).
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
Height of building AB = 30 m
BP = transmission tower = h(say)
ACB = 30, ACP = 60
AB
In ABC , tan 30 =
AC
AC = 30 3
1 30 1½
=
3 AC
AP
In APC, tan 60 =
AC
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
30 + h
3= 30 3 × 3 = 30 + h 1½
30 3
h = 30 (3 – 1)
h = 60 1
Height of transmission tower = 60 m
34.
Sol.
Number of xi fi xifi c.f.
cars
0 – 10 5 7 35 7
10 – 20 15 14 210 21
20 – 30 25 13 325 34
30 – 40 35 12 420 46
40 – 50 45 20 900 66
50 – 60 55 11 605 77
60 – 70 65 15 975 92
70 – 80 75 8 600 100
Total 100 4070
Correct table 2
x ifi 4070
Mean = = = 40·7 1
fi 100
Median class : 40 – 50 ½
50 – 46
Median = 40 + × 10 = 42 1½
20
35(a).
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
36.
Sol. 22 90 77
(i)Area of sector ODCO = ×7×7× = or 38·5 ½+½
7 360 2
77
∴ Area of sector ODCO is or 38·5 cm2
2
1
(ii) ar ( AOB) = × 10 × 10 = 50 1
2
∴ ar ( AOB) is 50 cm2
(iii) (a) Required cost = (50 – 38·5) × 20 1
= 230 1
∴ required cost is ₹ 230.
OR
90 22
(iii) (b) Length of arc CD = ×2× ×7 1
360 7
= 11 1
∴ Length of arc CD is 11 cm.
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
37.
Sol. 22 7 7 77
(i) Area of base of the cylindrical cup = × × = or 38.5 1
7 2 2 2
77
∴ Area of base of the cylindrical cup is or 38.5 cm2
2
2 22 21 21 21
(ii) (a) Capacity of hemispherical cup = × × × × 1
3 7 2 2 2
4851
= or 2425.5 1
2
4851
∴ Capacity of hemispherical cup is cm3 or 2425.5 cm3
2
OR
22
(ii) (b) Capacity of cylindrical cup = 7 × (7)2 × 14 1
= 539 1
∴ Capacity of cylindrical cup is 539 cm3
22 7
(iii) External Curved surface area of cylindrical cup = 2 × 7 × 2 ×14 = 308 1
∴ External Curved surface area of cylindrical cup is 308 cm2
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
38.
Sol. 80
(i) P (more than 100 computers) = or 0·08 1
1000
(ii)(a) 50 or fewer computers = 250 + 200 + 290 = 740 1
740 1
Required probability = or 0·74
1000
OR
(ii)(b) No more than 20 computers = 250 + 200 = 450 1
450 1
Required probability = or 0·45
1000
250 1
(iii) P (10 or less than 10 computer) = or 0·25
1000
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/1_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/2/2
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark (✓) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________(example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any unassessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/2/2)
Sol. (b) 2 1
2.
Sol. (b) 3 : 7 1
3.
Sol. 𝟑 1
(d) 𝝅𝒅𝟐
𝟒
4.
Sol. (a) 22 cm 1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
5.
Sol. (d) 1 cm 1
7.
Sol. (c) q 1
8.
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
9.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(b) ab
𝟐
11.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(a)
𝟗
12.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(d) a = ,c=5
𝟐
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
13.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(c) 𝟐𝟓
14.
Sol. 𝟗 1
(d) 𝟐
15.
Sol. (d) 2 1
16.
Sol. 𝟑𝟓 ° 1
(b) ( 𝟐 )
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
17.
Sol. (c) PS 1
18.
Sol. (b) a2 + 2b 1
19.
Sol. (a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, and Reason (R) is the correct 1
explanation of the Assertion (A).
SECTION B
This section comprises of Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21(a).
Sol.
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
Sol.
Height of tower = AB
AB
In ABC, tan 30 = 1
30
30
AB = = 10 3 1
3
∴ Height of Tower is 10 3 m
22.
Sol. 3
4 cot2 45 – sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = 4
2
√3 3 1
4(1)2 – (2)2 + ( 2 ) + p = 4
3 3 ½
4–4+ +p=
4 4
p=0 ½
OR
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
23(b).
AC = 64 + 16 = 80 ½
AB2 = BC2 + AC2 ½
∴ the given points are the vertices of a right angled triangle.
25.
Sol. If the number 4n, for any n, were to end with digit zero, it would be divisible
by 5. So, the prime factorization of 4n should contain the prime factor 5. 1
But in 4n = (2 × 2)n = 22n, the only prime factor is 2.
By fundamental theorem of arithmetic, there is no natural number n for
1
which 4n ends with digit zero.
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26.
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
27(a).
x+y=5 1
Subtracting, 86 (x – y) = 86
x–y=1 1
x = 3, y = 2 ½+½
28(a).
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
Sol. LCM of 6, 12, 18 = 36 2
So, all the three bells ring together after 36 minutes at 6 : 36 AM 1
29.
Sol. OA = OP
In OAP, OPA = OAP ... (i) 1
OPA + APR = 90 1
OAP + APR = 90 Using (i) ½
QAP + APR = 90 ½
30.
Sol.
Diagonal of rectangle = 6 2 + 8 2 = 10 1
10
Radius of circle r = =5 ½
2
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
Area of circle = 3·14 × 5 × 5
= 78·5 ½
Area of rectangle = 6 × 8 = 48 ½
Area of shaded region = 78·5 – 48
= 30·5 cm2 ½
∴Area of shaded region is 30.5 cm2
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
32.
Sol.
Number of xi fi xifi c.f.
cars
0 – 10 5 7 35 7
10 – 20 15 14 210 21
20 – 30 25 13 325 34
30 – 40 35 12 420 46
40 – 50 45 20 900 66
50 – 60 55 11 605 77
60 – 70 65 15 975 92
70 – 80 75 8 600 100
Total 100 4070
Correct table 2
x ifi 4070
Mean = = = 40·7 1
fi 100
Median class : 40 – 50 ½
50 – 46
Median = 40 + × 10 = 42 1½
20
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
33(a).
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
30 30
In APQ, tan 60 = x= 1½
x 3
= 10 3 ½
Distance between two towers = 10 3 m
h 1 h
In APB, tan 30 = = 1½
x 3 10 3
h = 10 ½
Height of 2nd tower = 10 m
OR
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
35(b).
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
36.
Sol. 80
(i) P (more than 100 computers) = or 0·08 1
1000
(ii)(a) 50 or fewer computers = 250 + 200 + 290 = 740 1
740
Required probability = or 0·74
1000 1
OR
(ii)(b) No more than 20 computers = 250 + 200 = 450 1
450
Required probability = or 0·45 1
1000
250
(iii) P (10 or less than 10 computer) = or 0·25 1
1000
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
37.
Sol. 22 90 77
(i)Area of sector ODCO = ×7×7× = or 38·5 ½+½
7 360 2
77
∴ Area of sector ODCO is or 38·5 cm2
2
1
(ii) ar ( AOB) = × 10 × 10 = 50 1
2
∴ ar ( AOB) is 50 cm2
(iii) (a) Required cost = (50 – 38·5) × 20 1
= 230 1
∴ required cost is ₹ 230.
OR
90 22
(iii) (b) Length of arc CD = ×2× ×7 1
360 7 1
= 11
∴ Length of arc CD is 11 cm.
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
38.
Sol. 22 7 7 77
(i) Area of base of the cylindrical cup = × × = or 38.5 1
7 2 2 2
77
∴ Area of base of the cylindrical cup is or 38.5 cm2
2
2 22 21 21 21
(ii) (a) Capacity of hemispherical cup = × × × × 1
3 7 2 2 2
4851
= or 2425.5 1
2
4851
∴ Capacity of hemispherical cup is cm3 or 2425.5 cm3
2
OR
22 1
(ii) (b) Capacity of cylindrical cup = 7 × (7)2 × 14
= 539 1
∴ Capacity of cylindrical cup is 539 cm3
22 7
(iii) External Curved surface area of cylindrical cup = 2 × 7 × 2 ×14 = 308
∴ External Curved surface area of cylindrical cup is 308 cm2 1
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/2_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/2/3
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓)while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________(example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any unassessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/2/3)
Sol. 𝟏 1
(d) 𝟓
3.
Sol. (c) 10 1
4.
Sol. (a) 2 cm 1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
5.
Sol. (c) 0 1
6.
Sol. (d) 5 cm 1
7.
Sol. (a) 22 cm 1
8.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(b) 𝟐 ab
10.
Sol. 𝟑𝟓 ° 1
(b) ( 𝟐 )
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
11.
Sol. (d) – 1, – 3 1
12.
Sol. (d) 1 cm 1
13.
Sol. (c) PS 1
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
14.
Sol. (a) – 4 1
15.
Sol. 𝟒 1
(b) 𝟖
16.
Sol. (d) 2 1
17.
Sol. (b) – x2 + 4x + 4 = 0 1
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
19.
Sol. (b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the 1
correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
20.
Sol.
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
1
⟹ tan = ½
3
= 30 ½
OR
21(b).
Sol.
Height of tower = AB
AB
In ABC, tan 30 = 1
30
30
AB = = 10 3 1
3
∴ Height of Tower is 10 3 m
22.
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
Sol. BAC + BOC = 180 1
⟹ BOC = 180– 65
⟹ BOC = 115 1
24(a).
Sol. 3
4 cot2 45 – sec2 60 + sin2 60 + p = 4
2
√3 3
4(1)2 – (2)2 + ( 2 ) + p = 4 1
3 3
4–4+ +p= ½
4 4
p=0 ½
OR
24(b).
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
Sol. 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 𝜃
LHS = +
1 – 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 – 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃
𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 𝜃
= ½
𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 – 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃
1–
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃
𝑐𝑜𝑠3 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 𝜃
= – 1
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃
𝑐𝑜𝑠3 𝜃 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 𝜃
=
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃
(𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃) (𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝜃 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃) 1
=
(𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 – 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃)
= 1 + cos sin = RHS ½
27.
Sol.
3·14 × (14)2
Area of minor sector = = 102.57 1
6
1·73
Area of AOB = (14)2 = 84·77 1
4
Area of minor segment = Area of minor sector – Area of AOB
= 102·57 – 84·77 = 17·8 1
∴ Area of minor segment is17·8 cm2
28(a).
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
Sol. LCM of 6, 12, 18 = 36 2
So, all the three bells ring together after 36 minutes at 6 : 36 AM 1
29.
Sol. OA = OP
In OAP, OPA = OAP ... (i) 1
OPA + APR = 90 1
OAP + APR = 90 Using (i) ½
QAP + APR = 90 ½
30.
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
31(b).
x+y=5 1
Subtracting, 86 (x – y) = 86
x–y=1 1
x = 3, y = 2 ½+½
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32.
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
Sol. ATQ,
32 + 36 + 40 + ..... = 2,000
a = 32, d =4 ½+½
Let ‘n’ be the number of months.
Sn = 2000
n
[2(32) + (n – 1) 4] = 2000 1
2
n2 + 15n – 1000 = 0 1
n2 + 40n – 25n – 1000 = 0
(n + 40) (n – 25) = 0 1
n = – 40, n = 25
(rejecting)
n = 25 1
So, Prerna will save ₹ 2,000, in 25 months.
34(a).
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
Sol. 1 for
correct
figure
Height of building AB = 30 m
BP = transmission tower = h(say)
ACB = 30, ACP = 60
AB
In ABC , tan 30 =
AC
1½
AC = 30 3
1 30
=
3 AC
AP
In APC, tan 60 =
AC
30 + h
3= 30 3 . 3 = 30 + h 1½
30 3
h = 30 (3 – 1)
h = 60 1
Height of transmission tower = 60 m
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
36.
Sol. 22 90 77
(i)Area of sector ODCO = ×7×7× = or 38·5 ½+½
7 360 2
77
∴ Area of sector ODCO is cm2 or 38·5 cm2
2
1
(ii) ar ( AOB) = × 10 × 10 = 50
2 1
∴ ar ( AOB) is 50 cm2
(iii) (a) Required cost = (50 – 38·5) × 20
= 230 1
∴ required cost is ₹ 230. 1
OR
90 22 1
(iii) (b) Length of arc CD = ×2× ×7
360 7
= 11 1
∴ Length of arc CD is 11 cm.
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
37.
Sol. 22 7 7 77
(i) Area of base of the cylindrical cup = × × = or 38.5 1
7 2 2 2
77
∴ Area of base of the cylindrical cup is or 38.5 cm2
2
2 22 21 21 21
(ii) (a) Capacity of hemispherical cup = × × × × 1
3 7 2 2 2
4851
= or 2425.5 1
2
4851
∴ Capacity of hemispherical cup is cm3 or 2425.5 cm3
2
OR
22
(ii) (b) Capacity of cylindrical cup = 7 × (7)2 × 14 1
= 539 1
∴ Capacity of cylindrical cup is 539 cm3
22 7
(iii) External Curved surface area of cylindrical cup = 2 × 7 × 2 ×14 = 308 1
∴ External Curved surface area of cylindrical cup is 308 cm2
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
38.
Sol. 80
(i) P (more than 100 computers) = or 0·08 1
1000
(ii)(a) 50 or fewer computers = 250 + 200 + 290 = 740 1
740
Required probability = or 0·74 1
1000
OR
(ii)(b) No more than 20 computers = 250 + 200 = 450 1
450
Required probability = or 0·45 1
1000
250 1
(iii) P (10 or less than 10 computer) = or 0·25
1000
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/2/3_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/4/1
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct assessment of
the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems which may affect the
future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To avoid mistakes, it is requested
that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to public in
any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the life and future
of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone, publishing in any magazine
and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action under various rules of the Board and
IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not be done
according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme should be strictly
adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers which are based on
latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be assessed for their
correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The students
can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should be awarded
accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator on the
first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given in the Marking
Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation and discussion. The
remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after ensuring that there is no
significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be marked.
Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that answer is correct
and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks awarded for
different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and encircled.
This may also be followed strictly.
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in Question
Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer deserves it.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours every day
and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per day in other subjects
(Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced syllabus and number of
questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the Examiner in
the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is correctly
and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be marked
as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error detected by
the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the evaluation work as also
of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned, it is again reiterated that the
instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for spot
Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to the title
page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment of the
prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head Examiners are once
again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out strictly as per value points for
each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/4/1)
1.
Sol. (a) 1 : 2 1
2.
Sol. (a) 2, – 5 1
3.
Sol. (b) 96 1
4.
Sol. (b) 7 1
5.
Sol. 1 2 1
(c) d
8
6.
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol. (a) Mode = 3 Median – 2 Mean 1
7.
8.
Sol. (d) 0 1
9.
Sol. 1
1 + cot 2
(c)
cot
11.
Sol. 1 1
(c) 6
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
12.
Sol. (d) 10 1
14.
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
16.
Sol. (b) 20 cm 1
17.
Sol. 𝟑 1
(d) − 𝟕
18.
Sol. 𝟏𝟐 1
(d) 𝟏𝟑
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
19.
20.
Sol. (b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is 1
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
SECTION B
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21.
Sol.
Let the numbers be 2x, 3x
1
LCM = 6x = 180 x = 30
Numbers are 60, 90
HCF (60, 90) = 30 1
22.
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol.
p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2)
𝟏
1
Let the zeroes be , 𝟐
1 (k – 2) 1
Product of zeroes = .
=–
6
𝟏
6=–k+2k=–4
𝟐
23(A).
Sol.
2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0
a = 2, b = – 9, c = 4
Let , be roots of 2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0
b 9
Sum = + = – = 1
a 2
c 4
Product of roots = = = =2
a 2 1
OR
23(B).
Sol.
4x2 – 5 = 0
a = 4, b = 0, c = – 5
𝟏
Discriminant = b2 – 4ac = 0 – 4 (4) (– 5) = 80 > 0 1𝟐
roots are real and distinct. 𝟏
𝟐
24.
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol.
Total outcomes are HH, HT, TH, TT 𝟏
𝟐
Favourable outcomes are HT, TH, TT 𝟏
𝟐
3 1
P (at most one head) =
4
25(A).
Sol.
5 cos 2 60 + 4 s ec 2 30 – tan 2 45
sin 2 30 + cos 2 30
OR
25(B).
Sol.
sin (A – B) = 0 A – B = 0° 𝟏
𝟐
1
cos (A + B) = A + B = 60 𝟏
2
𝟐
A = 30, B = 30 1
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26(A).
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol.
a = – 14, a5 = 2 a + 4d = 2 1
1
– 14 + 4d = 2 d = 4
an = 62 a + (n – 1)d = 62
– 14 + (n – 1)4 = 62 n = 20 1
OR
26(B).
Sol.
65, 61, 57, 53, ...
a = 65, d = – 4 𝟏
𝟐
Let an be the first negative term
an < 0 a + (n – 1)d < 0
1
65 + (n – 1) (– 4) < 0 69 – 4n < 0
69
n>
4 1
69
Least positive integral value of n which satisfies n > 4 is 18
𝟏
1st negative term of the AP = 18 𝟐
27.
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol. PA and PB are tangents drawn from the external point P to the circle with
centre O.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
In quad. OAPB,
OAP + APB + OBP + AOB = 360 𝟏
𝟏
90 + APB + 90 + AOB = 360 (Tangent ⊥ radius) 𝟐
𝟏
APB + AOB = 360 – 180 = 180 𝟐
29(A).
Sol.
sin A – 2 sin 3 A sin A (1 – 2 sin 2 A ) 1
LHS = =
3 2
2 cos A – cos A cos A (2 cos A – 1)
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
OR
29(B).
Sol.
LHS = sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A)
1 1 sin A
= (1 – sin A) + 1
cos A cos A cos A
1 (1 + sin A )
= (1 – sin A) 1
cos A cos A
1 – sin 2 A cos 2 A
= = = 1=RHS 1
cos 2 A cos 2 A
30.
𝟏
𝟐
OA = 5 cm, OP = 3 cm
To find AB
OP ⊥ AB (radius ⊥ tangent)
AB is the chord of larger circle and OP ⊥ AB
AP = PB 1
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
𝟏
AB = 2AP = 8 cm
𝟐
31.
Sol. 𝟏
px(x – 2) + 6 = 0 px2 – 2px + 6 = 0
𝟐
a = p, b = – 2p, c = 6
𝟏
Quadratic equation has equal roots, D = 0
𝟐
𝑝 = 0, 𝑝 = 6 𝟏
𝑝 = 0 rejected 𝑝 = 6 𝟐
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
32(A).
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
AB = Height of tower = 75 m
75 75
In APB, tan 60 = AP = = 25 3 1𝟐
𝟏
AP 3
75
In AQB, tan 30 = AQ = 75 3 𝟏
AQ 𝟏
𝟐
Distance between the cars = PQ = AQ – AP
𝟏
= 75 3 – 25 3 = 50 3 𝟐
= 50 1·73 = 86·5 m 𝟏
𝟐
OR
32(B).
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
Let AC be h m, BC = DE = 7 m, AB = (h−7) m
∠𝐴𝐸𝐵 = 60° and ∠𝐵𝐸𝐶 = 30°
∴ ∠𝐸𝐶𝐷 = 30°
Let CD be 𝑥 m 𝟏
1𝟐
𝐷𝐸 7
= 𝑥 = tan 30∘ ⟹ 𝑥 = 7√3
𝐶𝐷
⟹ 𝐵𝐸 = 7√3
𝐴𝐵
Again 𝐵𝐸 = tan 60° 1
ℎ−7 1
⟹ 7√3
= √3
⟹ ℎ = 28 𝟏
𝟐
∴ Height of tower = 28 𝑚
33(A).
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
OR
33(B).
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
ABC PQR
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
AD and AM are medians of ABC and PQR respectively.
ABC PQR
AB BC
=
PQ QR
AB 2 BD 𝟏
= 1𝟐
PQ 2QM
AB BD
=
PQ QM
Also B = Q ( ABC PQR)
𝟏
ABD PQM (SAS similarly) 1𝟐
𝑨𝑩 𝑨𝑫
= 1
𝑷𝑸 𝑷𝑴
34.
Sol. 3
Radius of each cone = Radius of cylinder = cm
2
Height of each cone ‘H’ = 2 cm
2 22 3 3 2 𝟏 𝟏
= r2 h + H = 8 + 2 1𝟐+1𝟐
3 7 2 2 3
22 9 28
= = 66 cm3 1
7 4 3
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
35.
Sol.
Monthly Exp. (in ₹) x fi cf d xifi
Total – 35
172 + x = 200 x = 28 1
35 500 1
Mean = 2750 – = 2750 – 87·5 = 2662·5
200
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
36.
Sol.
𝟏
(i) 5x + 4y = 9500 ____________ (1)
𝟐
4x + 3y = 7370 ____________ (2) 𝟏
𝟐
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
(ii) (a) Solving (1) and (2), x = 980 2
Prize Amount for Hockey = ₹ 980
OR
1
(ii) (b) On solving x = 980, y = 1,150
Prize Amount for Cricket is more by ₹ (1,150 – 980) = ₹ 170 1
37.
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Sol.
𝟏 𝟏
(i) R(200, 400), S(– 200, 400) +
𝟐 𝟐
= √3200 or 400 2 1
⟹𝑘=1 1
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
38.
Sol.
(i) Total perimeter = r + 2r
22 7
= + 7 = 18 units 1
7 2
1 1 22 7 7 77
(ii) (a) Area of parking = r2 = = 1
2 2 7 2 2 4
22 1 44 𝟏
Area of quadrants = 2 . 22 =
7 4 7 𝟐
77 44 715 𝟏
Total Area = + = 28 or 25.54 sq. units
4 7 𝟐
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
OR
Area of playground 98 56
(ii) (b) = 77/4 = 11 = 56 : 11 1+1
Area of parking
2𝜋𝑟
(iii) Required Perimeter = 2(𝑙 + 𝑏) + 2
22 7 𝟏
= 2(14 + 7) + × 2 = 53 units
7 𝟐
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/1_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/4/2
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct assessment of
the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems which may affect the
future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To avoid mistakes, it is requested
that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to public in
any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the life and future
of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone, publishing in any magazine
and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action under various rules of the Board and
IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not be done
according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme should be strictly
adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers which are based on
latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be assessed for their
correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The students
can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should be awarded
accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator on the
first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given in the Marking
Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation and discussion. The
remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after ensuring that there is no
significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be marked.
Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that answer is correct
and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks awarded for
different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and encircled.
This may also be followed strictly.
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in Question
Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer deserves it.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours every day
and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per day in other subjects
(Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced syllabus and number of
questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the Examiner in
the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is correctly
and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be marked
as cross (X) and awarded zero (0)Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error detected by
the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the evaluation work as also
of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned, it is again reiterated that the
instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for spot
Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to the title
page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment of the
prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head Examiners are once
again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out strictly as per value points for
each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/4/2)
1.
Sol. (a) 3 1
3.
Sol. (b) 20 cm 1
4.
Sol. (a) 1 : 2 1
5.
Sol. 𝟏𝟐 1
(d) 𝟏𝟑
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
6.
7.
Sol. (a) 2, – 5 1
8.
Sol. (d) 10 1
10.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(c) 𝟖d2
11.
Sol. 1
(b) 25
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
12.
Sol. (a) 40 cm 1
13.
14.
Sol. (b) 15 1
15.
Sol. 1
(d) 0
16.
Sol. 𝟑 1
(d) − 𝟕
17.
Sol. 1
(c) Coincident
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
18.
Sol. (b) 7 1
19.
Sol. (b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is 1
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
20.
SECTION B
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21(A).
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
Sol.
5 1
+ – cot2 45 + 2 sin2 90
cot 30 2
sin 2
60
5 1 5 4 1
= + – (1)2 + 2(1)2 = + –1+2
2 2 3 3
( 3) ( 3 / 2)
𝟗
=𝟑+1=4 1
OR
21(B).
Sol. sin 1
sin = cos = 1 tan = 1 cot = 1
cos
22.
Sol.
Total outcomes are HH, HT, TH, TT 𝟏
𝟐
Favourable outcomes are HT, TH, TT 𝟏
𝟐
3 1
P (at most one head) =
4
23.
Sol.
Let the numbers be 2x, 3x
1
LCM = 6x = 180 x = 30
Numbers are 60, 90
1
HCF (60, 90) = 30
24(A).
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
Sol.
2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0
a = 2, b = – 9, c = 4
Let , be roots of 2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0
b 9
Sum = + = – = 1
a 2
c 4
Product of roots = = = =2 1
a 2
OR
24(B).
Sol.
4x2 – 5 = 0
a = 4, b = 0, c = – 5
𝟏
Discriminant = b2 – 4ac = 0 – 4 (4) (– 5) = 80 > 0 1𝟐
roots are real and distinct. 𝟏
𝟐
25.
Sol.
p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2)
𝟏
1
Let the zeroes be , 𝟐
1 (k – 2) 1
Product of zeroes = . =–
6
𝟏
6=–k+2k=–4 𝟐
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
26.
𝟏
𝟐
OA = 5 cm, OP = 3 cm
To find AB
OP ⊥ AB (radius ⊥ tangent)
AB is the chord of larger circle and OP ⊥ AB
AP = PB 1
𝟏
AB = 2AP = 8 cm 𝟐
27.
Sol. PA and PB are tangents drawn from the external point P to the circle with
centre O.
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
1 mark
for
correct
figure
In quad. OAPB,
OAP + APB + OBP + AOB = 360 𝟏
𝟏
90 + APB + 90 + AOB = 360 (Tangent ⊥ radius) 𝟐
𝟏
APB + AOB = 360 – 180 = 180 𝟐
28.
Sol. 𝟏
px(x – 2) + 6 = 0 px2 – 2px + 6 = 0
𝟐
a = p, b = – 2p, c = 6
𝟏
Quadratic equation has equal roots, D = 0
𝟐
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
29(A).
Sol.
a = 15, S15 = 750
15 1
[2a + 14d] = 750
2
2(15) + 14d = 100
d=5 1
OR
29(B).
Sol. 𝟏
A.P formed is 1000, 1100, 1200, …
𝟐
a = 1000, d = 100
30 𝟏
S30 = [2 1000 + 29 100] = 15 4900 = 73,500 1+𝟐
2
30.
Sol.
sin A – 2 sin 3 A sin A (1 – 2 sin 2 A ) 1
LHS = =
3 2
2 cos A – cos A cos A (2 cos A – 1)
31(B).
Sol.
LHS = sec A (1 – sin A) (sec A + tan A)
1 1 sin A
= (1 – sin A) + 1
cos A cos A cos A
1 (1 + sin A )
= (1 – sin A) 1
cos A cos A
1 – sin 2 A cos 2 A
= = = 1=RHS 1
cos 2 A cos 2 A
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
32.
Sol.
Height of cylinder h = 20 cm
𝟏
radius of cylinder = 6 cm = Radius of cone
𝟐
Height of cone = 8 cm
Slant height l = 8 2 + 6 2
= 64 + 36 = 10 cm 1
33.
Sol.
Monthly Exp. (in ₹) x fi cf d xifi
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
2000 – 2500 2250 33 97 –1 – 33
Total – 35
1
172 + x = 200 x = 28
35 500 1
Mean = 2750 – = 2750 – 87·5 = 2662·5
200
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
34(A).
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
AB = Height of tower = 75 m
75 75 𝟏
In APB, tan 60 = AP = = 25 3 1𝟐
AP 3
75
In AQB, tan 30 = AQ = 75 3 𝟏
AQ 𝟏
𝟐
Distance between the cars = PQ = AQ – AP
= 75 3 – 25 3 = 50 3 𝟏
𝟐
𝟏
= 50 1·73 = 86·5 m
𝟐
OR
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
34(B).
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
Let AC be h m, BC = DE = 7 m, AB = (h−7) m
∠𝐴𝐸𝐵 = 60° and ∠𝐵𝐸𝐶 = 30°
∴ ∠𝐸𝐶𝐷 = 30°
Let CD be 𝑥 m
𝐷𝐸 7 𝟏
= 𝑥 = tan 30∘ ⟹ 𝑥 = 7√3 1𝟐
𝐶𝐷
⟹ 𝐵𝐸 = 7√3
𝐴𝐵
Again 𝐵𝐸 = tan 60°
1
ℎ−7
⟹ = √3 1
7√3
⟹ ℎ = 28 𝟏
𝟐
∴ Height of tower = 28 𝑚
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
35(A).
Sol.
In ACB and ADC,
ACB = ADC 1
A=A 1
ACB ADC 𝟏
𝟐
AC AB 8 AB
= = 1
AD AC 3 8
𝟏
64
AB = 𝟐
3
64 55
BD = AB – AD = –3= cm 1
3 3
OR
35(B).
Sol. 𝟏
Correct given, to prove, figure and construction 𝟐
×𝟒=𝟐
Correct Proof 3
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
36.
Sol.
𝟏 𝟏
(i) R(200, 400), S(– 200, 400) +
𝟐 𝟐
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
= 160000 sq. units 1
OR
(ii) (b) Diagonal PR = (400 )2 + (400 )2 1
= √3200 or 400 2 1
⟹𝑘=1 1
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
37.
Sol.
(i) Total perimeter = r + 2r
22 7
= + 7 = 18 units 1
7 2
1 1 22 7 7 77
(ii) (a) Area of parking = r2 = = 1
2 2 7 2 2 4
22 1 44 𝟏
Area of quadrants = 2 . 22 =
7 4 7 𝟐
77 44 715 𝟏
Total Area = + = 28 or 25.54 sq. units
4 7 𝟐
OR
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
Area of playground 98 56 1+1
(ii) (b) = 77/4 = 11 = 56 : 11
Area of parking
2𝜋𝑟
(iii) Required Perimeter = 2(𝑙 + 𝑏) + 2
𝟏
22 7
= 2(14 + 7) + × 2 = 53 units 𝟐
7
𝟏
Cost of fencing = 53 × 2 = ₹ 106 𝟐
38.
Sol.
(i) 5x + 4y = 9500 ____________ (1) 𝟏
𝟐
4x + 3y = 7370 ____________ (2) 𝟏
𝟐
(ii) (a) Solving (1) and (2), x = 980 1
Prize Amount for Hockey = ₹ 980 1
OR
(ii) (b) On solving x = 980, y = 1,150 1
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/2_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/4/3
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct assessment of
the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems which may affect the
future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To avoid mistakes, it is requested
that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to public in
any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the life and future
of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone, publishing in any magazine
and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action under various rules of the Board and
IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not be done
according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme should be strictly
adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers which are based on
latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be assessed for their
correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The students
can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should be awarded
accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator on the
first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given in the Marking
Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation and discussion. The
remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after ensuring that there is no
significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be marked.
Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that answer is correct
and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks awarded for
different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and encircled.
This may also be followed strictly.
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in Question
Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer deserves it.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours every day
and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per day in other subjects
(Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced syllabus and number of
questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the Examiner in
the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is correctly
and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be marked
as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error detected by
the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the evaluation work as also
of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned, it is again reiterated that the
instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for spot
Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to the title
page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment of the
prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head Examiners are once
again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out strictly as per value points for
each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/4/3)
1.
Sol. 1
(c) Coincident
2.
Sol. 1
(a) 2√3 cm
3.
Sol. (a) 1 : 2 1
4.
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
5.
6.
Sol. (d) 10 1
7.
Sol. 1
(d) √112
8.
Sol. 1
(b) 1
9.
Sol. 1
1
(c) 6
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
10.
Sol. 𝟏𝟐 1
(d) 𝟏𝟑
11.
Sol. (a) 2, – 5 1
12.
Sol. 1
(d) 0
13.
Sol. 𝟑 1
(d) − 𝟕
14.
Sol. 1 2 1
(c) d
8
15.
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
16.
17.
Sol. (a) 8 cm 1
18.
19.
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
Sol. (c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false 1
20.
Sol. (b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is 1
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
SECTION B
This section comprises very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2
marks each.
21(A).
Sol.
2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0
a = 2, b = – 9, c = 4
Let , be roots of 2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0
b 9
Sum = + = – = 1
a 2
c 4
Product of roots = = = =2 1
a 2
21(B).
Sol.
4x2 – 5 = 0
a = 4, b = 0, c = – 5
𝟏
Discriminant = b2 – 4ac = 0 – 4 (4) (– 5) = 80 > 0 1𝟐
𝟏
roots are real and distinct. 𝟐
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
22(A).
Sol.
2 sec2 45 + 3 cosec2 45 – 2 sin 45 cos 45
=2 ( 2 )2 + 3 ( 2 )2 – 2 1 1
1𝟐
𝟏
2 2
=4+6–1=9 𝟏
𝟐
22(B).
Sol.
sin – cos = 0 sin = cos tan = 1
𝟏
= 45
𝟐
4 4
1 1
sin4 45 + cos4 45 = + 1
2 2
1 1 1 𝟏
= + =
4 4 2 𝟐
23.
Sol.
Total outcomes are HH, HT, TH, TT 𝟏
𝟐
Favourable outcomes are HT, TH, TT 𝟏
𝟐
3 1
P (at most one head) =
4
24.
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
Sol.
Let the numbers be 2x, 3x
1
LCM = 6x = 180 x = 30
Numbers are 60, 90
1
HCF (60, 90) = 30
25.
Sol.
p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2)
𝟏
1
Let the zeroes be , 𝟐
1 (k – 2) 1
Product of zeroes = . =–
6
𝟏
6=–k+2k=–4 𝟐
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26.
Sol.
Let roots of the quadratic equation be , 6
px2 – 14x + 8 = 0
14 14 2 1
∴ + 6 = 7 = =
p p p
8 8 4 8
and . 6 = 62 = 6. = 1+𝟐
𝟏
p p p2 p
𝟏
p=3
𝟐
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
27.
Sol.
Given : PA and PB are tangents drawn from an external point P to the
circle with centre O.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
OP = OP (common)
OA = OA (radii)
𝟏
OPA = OPB (CPCT)
𝟐
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
28.
𝟏
𝟐
OA = 5 cm, OP = 3 cm
To find AB
OP ⊥ AB (radius ⊥ tangent)
AB is the chord of larger circle and OP ⊥ AB
AP = PB 1
𝟏
AB = 2AP = 8 cm 𝟐
29(A).
Sol.
a = – 14, a5 = 2 a + 4d = 2 1
1
– 14 + 4d = 2 d = 4
an = 62 a + (n – 1)d = 62
– 14 + (n – 1)4 = 62 n = 20 1
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
29(B).
Sol.
65, 61, 57, 53, ...
a = 65, d = – 4 𝟏
𝟐
Let an be the first negative term
an < 0 a + (n – 1)d < 0
1
65 + (n – 1) (– 4) < 0 69 – 4n < 0
69 1
n>
4
69
Least positive integral value of n which satisfies n > 4 is 18
𝟏
1st negative term of AP = 18 𝟐
30(A).
Sol.
sin A – 2 sin 3 A sin A (1 – 2 sin 2 A ) 1
LHS = =
2 cos 3 A – cos A cos A (2 cos 2 A – 1)
1 1 sin A
= (1 – sin A) + 1
cos A cos A cos A
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
1
1 (1 + sin A )
= (1 – sin A)
cos A cos A
1 – sin 2 A cos 2 A
= = = 1=RHS 1
cos 2 A cos 2 A
31.
Sol.
1 mark
for
correct
figure
PN × NR = QN2
PN QN
=
QN NR
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
PNQ = QNR
𝟏
PNQ QNR 1𝟐
1
2 = P and 1 = R
1+2=P+R
PQR = P + R 𝟏
32(B).
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
Sol.
Draw AL ⊥ BC and DM ⊥ BC 1
𝐴𝑂𝐿 = 𝐷𝑂𝑀
𝐴𝐿𝑂 = 𝐷𝑀𝑂
𝐴𝑂𝐿 𝐷𝑂𝑀 2
𝐴𝐿 𝐴𝑂 𝟏
= ……(i)
𝐷𝑀 𝐷𝑂 𝟐
1
𝑎𝑟(𝛥 ABC) 2
× BC × AL
= 1 1
𝑎𝑟(𝛥 DBC) × BC × DM
2
𝐴𝐿 𝐴𝑂 𝟏
= = [using (i)]
𝐷𝑀 𝐷𝑂 𝟐
33.
Sol.
Height of cylinder = 10 cm
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
7 1
Radius of cylinder = radius of hemisphere = 3·5 = cm
2
= 2rh + 2 × 2r2
= 2r(h + 2r)
22 7 7 𝟏 𝟏
=2× × (10 + 2 × ) 1𝟐 +1𝟐
7 2 2
= 22 × 17 = 374 cm2 1
34.
Sol.
Monthly Exp. (in ₹) x fi cf d xifi
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
3500 – 4000 3750 22 177 2 44
Total – 35
172 + x = 200 x = 28 1
35 500
Mean = 2750 – = 2750 – 87·5 = 2662·5 1
200
Sol.
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
1 mark
for
correct
figure
AB = Height of tower = 75 m
75 75 𝟏
In APB, tan 60 = AP = = 25 3 1𝟐
AP 3
75
In AQB, tan 30 = AQ = 75 3 𝟏
AQ 𝟏
𝟐
Distance between the cars = PQ = AQ – AP
𝟏
= 75 3 – 25 3 = 50 3
𝟐
= 50 1·73 = 86·5 m 𝟏
𝟐
35(B).
Sol.
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
1 mark
for
correct
figure
Let AC be h m, BC = DE = 7 m, AB = (h−7) m
∠𝐴𝐸𝐵 = 60° and ∠𝐵𝐸𝐶 = 30°
∴ ∠𝐸𝐶𝐷 = 30°
Let CD be 𝑥 m
𝐷𝐸 7
= 𝑥 = tan 30∘ ⟹ 𝑥 = 7√3 𝟏
1𝟐
𝐶𝐷
⟹ 𝐵𝐸 = 7√3
𝐴𝐵
Again 𝐵𝐸 = tan 60°
1
ℎ−7
⟹ = √3 1
7√3
⟹ ℎ = 28 𝟏
𝟐
∴ Height of tower = 28 𝑚
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
36.
Sol.
(i) Total perimeter = r + 2r
22 7
= + 7 = 18 units 1
7 2
1 1 22 7 7 77
(ii) (a) Area of parking = r2 = = 1
2 2 7 2 2 4
22 1 44 𝟏
Area of quadrants = 2 . 22 =
7 4 7 𝟐
77 44 715 𝟏
Total Area = + = 28 or 25.54 sq. units
4 7 𝟐
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
OR
Area of playground 98 56
(ii) (b) = 77/4 = 11 = 56 : 11 1+1
Area of parking
2𝜋𝑟
(iii) Required Perimeter = 2(𝑙 + 𝑏) + 2
22 7 𝟏
= 2(14 + 7) + × 2 = 53 units
7 𝟐
37.
Sol.
𝟏
(i) 5x + 4y = 9500 ____________ (1)
𝟐
4x + 3y = 7370 ____________ (2) 𝟏
𝟐
(ii) (a) Solving (1) and (2), x = 980 1
1
Prize Amount for Hockey = ₹ 980
OR
(ii) (b) On solving x = 980, y = 1,150 1
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
1
Prize Amount for Cricket is more by ₹ (1,150 – 980) = ₹ 170
(iii) 2(x + y) = 2(980 + 1150) = 2(2130) = ₹ 4,260 1
38.
Sol.
𝟏 𝟏
(i) R(200, 400), S(– 200, 400) +
𝟐 𝟐
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
(ii) (a) side PQ = (200+200) m = 400 m 1
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/4/3_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/5/1
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past: -
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/5/1)
SECTION A
1.
2.
Sol. (d) ab = 6 1
3.
Sol. (b) 3 1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
4.
Sol. (d) 10 1
5.
Sol. (a) x2 – 4x + 1 = 0 1
6.
Sol. 𝟏𝟕 1
(a) − 𝟕
7.
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Sol. (d) 3 units 1
8.
9.
10.
Sol. (b) 21 1
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
11.
Sol. (a) 3 cm 1
12.
13.
Sol. (b) B = D 1
14.
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Sol. (c) – 32 1
15.
Sol. 𝟑 1
(c) 𝟒
16.
17.
Sol. 𝟕 1
(b) 𝟎.𝟎𝟏
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
18.
19.
20.
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Sol. (c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false 1
SECTION B
This section comprises of very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks
each.
21(a).
Sol. AP : AB = 2 : 5 AP : PB = 2 : 3 𝟏
𝟐
𝟖 + 12 𝟏𝟎 – 15 𝟏
x= 𝟓
= 4, y = 𝟓
=–1
𝟏
Point P is (4, – 1) 𝟐
OR
21(b).
Sol. 2 2 2 2
PA = PB (x – 5) + (y – 1) = (x – 1) + (y – 5)
2 2 𝟏
x=y 𝟏
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
22.
23.
ol. 96 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 𝟏
𝟐
5
=2 x3
120 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 5
𝟏
3 𝟐
=2 x3x5
𝟏
HCF = 24
𝟐
LCM = 480 𝟏
𝟐
24.
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
K 1
Sol. • k • •
A(5, –6) P(0, y) B(–1, –4)
𝟏
Let the point of division be P(0, y) which divides AB in the ratio K : 𝟐
1
–K+5
0= K=5 𝟏
K+1
𝟏
Ratio is 5:1
𝟐
25(a).
𝟏
2 𝟐
= a2 + b
OR
25(b).
𝒔𝒆𝒄 A – 1 + sec A + 1
=
√𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝑨 – 1 𝟏
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
𝟐 sec A 𝟏
= tan A
𝟐
= 2 cosec A = RHS 𝟏
𝟐
SECTION C
This section comprises of short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
26(a).
(i) and (ii) leads to contradiction as ‘p’ and ‘q’ are co-primes.
1
∴ √𝟑 is an irrational number.
OR
26(b)
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
LCM = 432
Sol. 𝟐
𝟒𝟑𝟐
i.e. = 7 min 12 sec.
𝟔𝟎
27.
d = – 1, a = q + p – 1 𝟏 𝟏
+
𝟐 𝟐
an = (q + p – 1) + (n – 1)(– 1) = q + p - n
𝟏
28(a).
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Sol. EFG ADG
𝑬𝑭 𝑭𝑮 𝟏
𝑨𝑫 = 𝑫𝑮 _________ (i)
EFC BDC
𝑬𝑭
𝑩𝑫 = 𝑪𝑫
𝑪𝑭 𝟏
𝑬𝑭 𝑪𝑭
= {BD = AD} _________ (ii) 𝟏
𝑨𝑫 𝑪𝑫
𝟐
Using (i) and (ii)
𝑭𝑮
= 𝑪𝑫
𝑪𝑭 𝟏
𝑫𝑮
𝟐
OR
28(b).
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Sol. ALE CLB
𝑨𝑳 𝑬𝑳 𝟏
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑩𝑳 _________ (i)
𝑨𝑳
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑪𝑴
𝑨𝑩 𝟏
𝑨𝑳 𝑪𝑫
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑪𝑴 {AB = CD} _________ (ii) 𝟏
𝟐
Using (i) and (ii)
𝑬𝑳 𝟐𝑪𝑴
=
𝑩𝑳 𝑪𝑴
𝟏
EL = 2BL 𝟐
29.
𝟏
ATQ, 2x + 2y = 16
𝟏
and 8x – 8y = 16
𝟏 𝟏
+
Solving to get x = 5, y = 3 𝟐 𝟐
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
30.
𝒔𝒊𝒏 𝜽 𝒄𝒐𝒔 𝜽
Sol. cos 𝜽 sin 𝜽
𝟏
LHS = cos 𝜽 + sin 𝜽
1– 1–
sin 𝜽 cos 𝜽
𝒔𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽
= cos 𝜽(sin 𝜽 – cos 𝜽) + sin 𝜽(cos 𝜽 – sin 𝜽)
𝟏
𝒔𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝜽 – cos𝟑 𝜽
= sin 𝜽 cos 𝜽(sin 𝜽 – cos 𝜽)
𝟏
= 𝒔𝒊𝒏 𝜽 cos 𝜽 + 1
𝟏
= 1 + cosec sec = RHS 𝟐
31.
𝒙 – 42·5
C.I. x f u= fu
Sol. 𝟓
25 – 30 27·5 14 –3 – 42
30 – 35 32·5 22 –2 – 44
35 – 40 37·5 16 –1 – 16 For
40 – 45 42·5 6 0 0 correct
table
45 – 50 47·5 5 1 5
50 – 55 52·5 3 2 6 2 Marks
55 – 60 57·5 4 3 12
70 – 79
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
𝟏
𝟕𝟗
Mean = 42·5 – x 5 = 36·86
𝟕𝟎
SECTION D
This section comprises of long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
32.
Sol.
Correct
Figure
1 Mark
𝒉
tan 60 = √𝟑 = 𝒙 h = x√𝟑 _________ (i) 𝟏
𝟏 𝒉
𝟏
tan 30 = = x = h√𝟑 – 100 _________ (ii)
√𝟑 𝒙 + 100
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
using (i) and (ii)
𝟏
(a) h= (h√𝟑 –100)√𝟑 = 3h – 100√𝟑 h = 50√𝟑 m 𝟐
√𝟑 𝒉 𝟓𝟎√𝟑 𝟏
(b) sin 60 = =𝒚= y = 100 m
𝟐 𝒚
𝒉
(c) x = = 50 m x+100=150 m 𝟏
√𝟑
𝟐
_________________________________________________________________
Correct
Figure
1 Mark
Let B is the basket of hot air balloon. D and C be the positions of the
first and second observer’s respectively.
𝒉
tan 60 = √𝟑 = 𝒙 h = x√𝟑 _________ (i) 𝟏
𝟏 𝒉 𝟏
tan 30 = = 𝟏𝟎𝟎−𝒙 √𝟑𝒉 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎 − 𝒙 _________ (ii)
√𝟑
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
𝒉 = √𝟑 (100 - √𝟑𝒉) 𝒉 = 25√𝟑 m 𝟏
𝟐
√𝟑 𝒉
(b) sin 60 = = 𝑩𝑫 BD = 50 m 𝟏
𝟐
𝒉
(c) x = = 25 m
√𝟑
AC = 100 – x = 75 m 𝟏
𝟐
33(a).
Sol.
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Join OA, OB, OC and draw OE ⊥ AC and OF ⊥ AB. 1
𝟏
𝟐
𝟏
90 = 𝟐. 4 (BC + CA + AB)
90 = 2(18 + 8 + x + 10 + x) 1
90 = 4(18 + x)
x = 4·5
OR
33(b).
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Sol. OO = √𝟔𝟐 + 8𝟐 = 10 cm {OP ⊥ OP} 𝟏
𝟐
Let OA = x, OA = 10 – x
𝟏
AP2 = 36 – x2
𝟐
𝟏
Also AP2 = 64 – (10 – x)2
𝟐
36 – x2 = 64 – 100 – x2 + 20 x
x = 3·6 𝟐
34(a).
𝟓𝟒 𝟔𝟑 2
+ 𝒙+6 = 3
𝒙
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
3x2 – 99x – 324 = 0 or x2 – 33x – 108 = 0 2
(x – 36) (x + 3) = 0
x = 36, -3 (rejected)
1
OR
34(b).
𝟏 𝟏 𝟖
Therefore 𝒙 – 2 + 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟓
2
15(2x – 2) = 8x(x – 2)
8x2 – 46x + 30 = 0
4x2 – 23x + 15 = 0 1
(4x – 3)(x – 5) = 0
𝟑
x = 𝟒, x = 5
1
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
𝟑
x 𝟒 as x – 2 < 0
35.
Sol. Area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze by means 1
𝟏
of a 5 m long rope = 𝟒 × 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 × (𝟓)𝟐
= 𝟏𝟗. 𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝟐 1
Area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze by means
𝟏
of a 10 m long rope = 𝟒 × 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 × (𝟏𝟎)𝟐 1
1
= 𝟕𝟖. 𝟓 𝒎𝟐
SECTION E
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
36.
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟕𝟔
Sol. (i) SA = 2r2 = 2 x x4= 𝐦𝐦𝟐 or 25·1 mm2 1
𝟕 𝟕
𝟐 𝟐𝟐
(ii) Volume of material dug out to make one dimple = 𝟑 x x8
𝟕
𝟑𝟓𝟐 1
= 𝐦𝐦𝟑 or 16·76 mm3
𝟐𝟏
24
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
(iii)(a) radius of ball = 21 mm
1
= 9504 mm2
OR
𝟒 𝟐 1
(iii) (b) Volume of the golf ball = 𝟑(21)3 – 315 x 𝟑(2)3
= 33528 mm3
1
25
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
37.
Sol. (i) All possible outcomes: RR, RG, RB, GR, GB, GG, YR, YB, YG 1
26
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
𝟏 1
P (Making purple) = 𝟗
𝟏
(iii)(a) As P(winning) = 𝟗
𝟏 𝟏
Therefore, number of people must win = 𝟗 x 99 = 11
𝟐
OR
𝟏
P(winning the game) = 𝟗
𝟏
Number of persons won = 11 𝟐
𝟏
Number of persons lost = 88
𝟐
27
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
38.
28
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Sol. (i) – 16t2 + 20t = 0 4t(– 4t + 5) = 0
1
𝟓
t = 0, t =
𝟒
(ii) (a) 1
𝟑 𝟗 𝟑 1
(iii)(a) At t = , h = – 16 x + 20 x = – 36 + 30 = – 6
𝟐 𝟒 𝟐
𝟑
It means after 𝟐 seconds, dolphin has reached 6 cm below water 1
level.
OR
29
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/1_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/5/2
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any unassessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/5/2)
SECTION A
1.
2.
Sol. (b) B = D 1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
3.
(d) – 64
Sol. 1
4.
Sol. 𝟏
(c) 1
𝟏𝟐
5.
(c) 6·5 cm
Sol. 1
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
6.
7.
(b) 21
Sol. 1
8.
(a) 3 cm
Sol. 1
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
9.
(a) 30
Sol. 1
10.
Sol. 𝟕 1
(b) 𝟎.𝟎𝟏
11.
(a) decreases by 2
Sol. 1
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
12.
Sol. (d) 10 1
13.
Sol. (a) x2 – 4x + 1 = 0 1
14.
Sol. 𝟏𝟕 1
(a) −
𝟕
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
15.
16.
17.
Sol. (d) ab = 6 1
18.
Sol. (c) 5 1
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
19.
20.
SECTION B
This section comprises of very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks
each.
21
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
Sol. 96 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 𝟏
𝟐
5
=2 x3
120 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 5
𝟏
3 𝟐
=2 x3x5
𝟏
HCF = 24
𝟐
LCM = 480 𝟏
𝟐
22.
𝒌+𝟔
x =k+1 1
2
𝟔𝒌 – 3 1
y= k+1 2
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
P(x, y) lies on y = x
1
k + 6 = 6k –3 2
𝟗 1
k=𝟓 2
Ratio is 9 : 5
23(a)
𝟏
2 𝟐
= a2 + b
OR
23(b).
√𝒔𝒆𝒄 A – 1 √𝒔𝒆𝒄 A + 1
LHS = +
Sol. √𝒔𝒆𝒄 A + 1 √𝒔𝒆𝒄 A – 1
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
𝒔𝒆𝒄 A – 1 + sec A + 1 𝟏
=
√𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝑨 – 1
𝟏
𝟐 sec A 𝟐
= tan A
𝟏
= 2 cosec A = RHS 𝟐
24(a).
Sol. AP : AB = 2 : 5 AP : PB = 2 : 3 𝟏
𝟐
𝟖 + 12 𝟏𝟎 – 15
x= = 4, y = =–1
𝟓 𝟓
𝟏
Point P is (4, – 1)
𝟏
𝟐
OR
24(b).
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
Sol. 2 2 2 2 2
PA = PB (x – 5) + (y – 1) = (x – 1) + (y – 5)
2 𝟏
x=y 𝟏
25
QPT = 55
Sol.
1
OPQ = 90 – 55 = 35 2
OQP = 35
SECTION C
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
This section comprises of short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
26
Sol.
𝑥 – 52·5
Classes x f u= fu
15
0 – 15 7·5 17 –3 – 51
15 – 30 22·5 20 –2 – 40 Correct
Table
30 – 45 37·5 18 –1 – 18
2
45 – 60 52·5 21 0 0 Marks
60 – 75 67·5 15 1 15
75 – 90 82·5 9 2 18
100 – 76
–𝟕𝟔
Mean = 52·5 + 15 × (𝟏𝟎𝟎)
1
= 41·1
27.
10y + x = 7(x + y) 3y – 6x = 0
1
y = 2x ……………………………………………………….. (i)
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
10y + x – (10x + y) = 18
9y – 9x = 18 or y – x = 2 …………………………………. (ii) 1
∴ required number is 42 1
2
28.
𝒔𝒊𝒏 𝜽 𝒄𝒐𝒔 𝜽
Sol. cos 𝜽 sin 𝜽
𝟏
LHS = cos 𝜽 + sin 𝜽
1– 1–
sin 𝜽 cos 𝜽
𝒔𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽
= + 𝟏
cos 𝜽(sin 𝜽 – cos 𝜽) sin 𝜽(cos 𝜽 – sin 𝜽)
𝒔𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝜽 – cos𝟑 𝜽
= sin 𝜽 cos 𝜽(sin 𝜽 – cos 𝜽)
29(a).
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
𝐩
∴ √𝟑 = 𝐪 , let p & q be co-primes and q≠0 ½
(i) and (ii) leads to contradiction as ‘p’ and ‘q’ are co-primes.
1
∴ √𝟑 is an irrational number.
OR
29(b).
LCM = 432
Sol. 𝟐
𝟒𝟑𝟐
i.e. = 7 min 12 sec.
𝟔𝟎
𝟏
traffic lights will change simultaneously again at 7 : 7 : 12 a.m.
30.
Here Sn = 6n – n2
Sol.
1
n = 1, S1 = a = 5 2
n = 2, a + (a + d) = 12 – 4 or 2a + d = 8 1
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
Putting a = 5, d = – 2 1
2
31(a).
EFG ADG
Sol.
𝑬𝑭 𝑭𝑮
𝑨𝑫 = 𝑫𝑮 _________ (i) 𝟏
EFC BDC
𝑬𝑭 𝑪𝑭
𝑩𝑫 = 𝑪𝑫 𝟏
𝑬𝑭 𝑪𝑭 𝟏
= {BD = AD} _________ (ii) 𝟐
𝑨𝑫 𝑪𝑫
OR
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
31(b).
ALE CLB
Sol.
𝑨𝑳 𝑬𝑳
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑩𝑳 _________ (i) 𝟏
𝑨𝑳 𝑪𝑫 𝟏
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑪𝑴 {AB = CD} _________ (ii)
𝟐
𝑬𝑳 𝟐𝑪𝑴
=
𝑩𝑳 𝑪𝑴 𝟏
𝟐
EL = 2BL
SECTION D
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
32(a).
Sol.
𝟏
Join OA, OB, OC and draw OE ⊥ AC and OF ⊥ AB. 1𝟐
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
𝟏
90 = 𝟐. 4 (BC + CA + AB)
1
90 = 2(18 + 8 + x + 10 + x)
90 = 4(18 + x)
x = 4·5
1
AB = 14·5 cm and AC = 12·5 cm
OR
32(b).
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
Therefore 36 – x2 = 64 – (10 – x)2
36 – x2 = 64 – 100 – x2 + 20 x
x = 3·6 𝟐
33.
Area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze by means
Sol. 𝟏
of a 5 m long rope = 𝟒 × 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 × (𝟓)𝟐 1
1
𝟐
= 𝟏𝟗. 𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝒎
Area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze by means 1
𝟏
of a 10 m long rope = 𝟒 × 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 × (𝟏𝟎)𝟐
= 𝟕𝟖. 𝟓 𝒎𝟐 1
1
Increase in grazing area = 𝟕𝟖. 𝟓 𝒎𝟐 − 𝟏𝟗. 𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝟐 = 𝟓𝟖. 𝟖𝟕𝟓 𝒎𝟐
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
34
Sol.
Correct
Figure
1
Mark
Let AD be the tower
𝒉 1
tan 60 = √𝟑 = 𝒙 h = 𝒙√𝟑 2
𝟏 𝒉 – 10
tan 30 = = 1
√𝟑 𝒙
2
𝒙
h = 10 +
√𝟑
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
𝒙
𝒙√𝟑 = 10 + x = 𝟓√𝟑
√𝟑
1
(a) h = 15 m
(b) x = 𝟓√𝟑 m 1
𝑥
(c) = cos 60 PD = 10√3 m 1
𝑃𝐷
35(a).
(x – 36) (x + 3) = 0
1
x = 36, -3 (rejected)
OR
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
35(b).
𝟏 𝟏 𝟖 2
Therefore 𝒙 – 2 + 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟓
15(2x – 2) = 8x(x – 2)
8x2 – 46x + 30 = 0
1
4x2 – 23x + 15 = 0
(4x – 3)(x – 5) = 0
𝟑
x = 𝟒, x = 5 1
𝟑
x 𝟒 as x – 2 < 0
SECTION E
24
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
36.
(i) All possible outcomes: RR, RG, RB, GR, GB, GG, YR, YB, YG
Sol. 1
(ii) Number of favourable outcome (RB) = 1
25
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
𝟏 1
P(Making purple) = 𝟗
𝟏
(iii)(a) As P(winning) = 𝟗
𝟏 𝟏
therefore number of people must win = 𝟗 x 99 = 11
𝟐
OR
𝟏
P(winning the game) = 𝟗
𝟏
Number of persons won = 11 𝟐
𝟏
Number of persons lost = 88
𝟐
26
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
37.
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟕𝟔
(i) SA = 2r2 = 2 x x4= 𝐦𝐦𝟐 or 25·1 mm2
Sol. 𝟕 𝟕 1
𝟐 𝟐𝟐
(ii) Volume of material dug out to make one dimple = 𝟑 x x8
𝟕
𝟑𝟓𝟐
= 𝐦𝐦𝟑 or 16·76 mm3
𝟐𝟏 1
27
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
(iii)(a) radius of ball = 21 mm
1
= 9504 mm2
OR
𝟒 𝟐 1
(iii) (b) Volume of the golf ball = 𝟑(21)3 – 315 x 𝟑(2)3
= 33528 mm3
1
28
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
38.
29
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
(i) – 16t2 + 20t = 0 4t(– 4t + 5) = 0
Sol.
𝟓 1
t = 0, t = 𝟒
(ii) (a)
1
𝟑 𝟗 𝟑
(iii)(a) At t = 𝟐, h = – 16 x 𝟒 + 20 x 𝟐 = – 36 + 30 = – 6 1
𝟑
It means after 𝟐 seconds, dolphin has reached 6 cm below water
level. 1
OR
𝟓 𝟓 2
In 𝟒 seconds, distance covered = 20 x 𝟒 = 25 cm
30
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/2_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/5/3
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines).This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/5/3)
SECTION A
1.
2.
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
3.
4.
Sol. (c) 16 1
5.
Sol. (c) – 32 1
6.
Sol. 𝟒 1
(b) 𝟓𝟐
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
7.
8.
𝟕
Sol. (b) 1
𝟎.𝟎𝟏
9.
Sol. (d) 3 1
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
10.
Sol. (a) x2 – 6x + 7 = 0 1
11.
12.
13.
Sol. (c) x = a, y = b 1
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
14.
Sol. (b) 3 1
15.
Sol. (d) 10 1
16.
Sol. (b) B = D 1
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
17.
18.
Sol. (a) 3 cm 1
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
19.
20.
SECTION B
This section comprises of very short answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks
each.
21.
22(a).
2 2 𝟏
m2 + n2 = (a cos + b sin ) + (a sin – b cos )
Sol.
𝟐
2 𝟏
= a2(cos2 + sin2) + b (sin2 + cos2 )
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
𝟏
2
= a2 + b 𝟐
OR
22(a).
23.
K 1
Sol. • k • •
A(5, –6) P(0, y) B(–1, –4)
𝟏
Let the point of division be P(0, y) which divides AB in the ratio K : 1 𝟐
–K+5 𝟏
0= K=5
K+1
𝟏
Ratio is 5:1 𝟐
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
24.
Sol.
Correct
figure
1 Mark
½
PQ ‖ RS
25(a).
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
Sol. AP : AB = 2 : 5 AP : PB = 2 : 3 𝟏
𝟐
𝟏
𝟖 + 12 𝟏𝟎 – 15
x= 𝟓
= 4, y = 𝟓
=–1
𝟏
Point P is (4, – 1) 𝟐
OR
25(b).
Sol. 2 2 2 2 2
PA = PB (x – 5) + (y – 1) = (x – 1) + (y – 5)
2 𝟏
x=y 𝟏
SECTION C
This section comprises of short answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks each.
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
26(a).
𝑬𝑭 𝑭𝑮 𝟏
𝑨𝑫 = 𝑫𝑮 _________ (i)
EFC BDC
𝑬𝑭
𝑩𝑫 = 𝑪𝑫
𝑪𝑭 𝟏
𝑬𝑭 𝑪𝑭
= {BD = AD} _________ (ii) 𝟏
𝑨𝑫 𝑪𝑫
𝟐
Using (i) and (ii)
𝑭𝑮
= 𝑪𝑫
𝑪𝑭 𝟏
𝑫𝑮
𝟐
OR
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
26(b)
𝑨𝑳 𝑬𝑳 𝟏
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑩𝑳 _________ (i)
𝑨𝑳
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑪𝑴
𝑨𝑩 𝟏
𝑨𝑳 𝑪𝑫
𝑪𝑳 = 𝑪𝑴 {AB = CD} _________ (ii) 𝟏
𝟐
Using (i) and (ii)
𝑬𝑳 𝟐𝑪𝑴
=
𝑩𝑳 𝑪𝑴
𝟏
EL = 2BL 𝟐
27.
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
𝒙
Sol. Let the fraction be 𝒚
𝒙–1 𝟏
= 𝟑 3x – y = 3 1
𝒚
𝒙 𝟏
= 𝟒 4x – y = 8 1
𝒚+8
Solving to get x = 5, y = 12
𝟓 1
Fraction is
𝟏𝟐
28.
– 2 tan A sec A
= 1
– tan𝟐𝑨
𝒄𝒐𝒔 𝑨 𝟏
= 2× ×
sin A cos A
= 2 cosec A = RHS
1
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
29.
𝒙 – 42·5
C.I. x f u= fu
Sol. 𝟓
25 – 30 27·5 14 –3 – 42
30 – 35 32·5 22 –2 – 44
35 – 40 37·5 16 –1 – 16 For
40 – 45 42·5 6 0 0 correct
table
45 – 50 47·5 5 1 5
50 – 55 52·5 3 2 6 2 Marks
55 – 60 57·5 4 3 12
70 – 79
𝟕𝟗
Mean = 42·5 – x 5 = 36·86
𝟕𝟎 𝟏
30(a).
(i) and (ii) leads to contradiction as ‘p’ and ‘q’ are co-primes.
1
∴ √𝟑 is an irrational number.
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
OR
30(b).
LCM = 432
Sol. 𝟐
𝟒𝟑𝟐
i.e. = 7 min 12 sec.
𝟔𝟎
31.
Sol. a = 8, l = 65
𝒏
730 = 𝟐 [8 + 65]
½
𝟕𝟑𝟎 × 2
𝒏= = 20 1
73
∴ l = a + 19 d ⟹ 65 = 18 + 19 d 1
⟹d=3 ½
SECTION D
This section comprises of long answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks each.
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
32(a).
𝟓𝟒 𝟔𝟑 2
+ 𝒙+6 = 3
𝒙
(x – 36) (x + 3) = 0
x = 36, -3 (rejected) 1
OR
32(b).
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
𝟏 𝟏 𝟖 2
Therefore 𝒙 – 2 + 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟓
15(2x – 2) = 8x(x – 2)
8x2 – 46x + 30 = 0
1
4x2 – 23x + 15 = 0
(4x – 3)(x – 5) = 0
𝟑
x = 𝟒, x = 5 1
𝟑
x 𝟒 as x – 2 < 0
33.
Sol. Area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze by means of a 5 1
𝟏
m long rope = 𝟒 × 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 × (𝟓)𝟐
= 𝟏𝟗. 𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝟐 1
Area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze by means of a
𝟏
10 m long rope = 𝟒 × 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 × (𝟏𝟎)𝟐 1
1
= 𝟕𝟖. 𝟓 𝒎𝟐
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
Increase in grazing area = 𝟕𝟖. 𝟓 𝒎𝟐 − 𝟏𝟗. 𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝟐 = 𝟓𝟖. 𝟖𝟕𝟓 𝒎𝟐 1
34(a).
Sol.
𝟏
Join OA, OB, OC and draw OE ⊥ AC and OF ⊥ AB. 1𝟐
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
𝟏
90 = 𝟐. 4 (BC + CA + AB)
90 = 2(18 + 8 + x + 10 + x)
1
90 = 4(18 + x)
x = 4·5
1
AB = 14·5 cm and AC = 12·5 cm
OR
34(b).
𝟏
AP2 = 36 – x2
𝟐
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
Also AP2 = 64 – (10 – x)2 𝟏
𝟐
36 – x2 = 64 – 100 – x2 + 20 x
x = 3·6
𝟐
35.
Sol.
Correct
figure
1 Mark
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
Let PQ and RS be the pillars.
𝒉 + 20 1
tan 60 = √𝟑 = h + 20 = 𝒙√𝟑 _________ (i)
𝒙
𝟏 𝒉
tan 30 = = 80 – x 𝒉√𝟑 = 80 – x __________ (ii) 1
√𝟑
½+½
PQ = h + 20 = 49.56 m and RS = 29.56 m
SECTION E
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
36.
24
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
Sol. (i) – 16t2 + 20t = 0 4t(– 4t + 5) = 0
1
𝟓
t = 0, t = 𝟒
(ii) (a) 1
𝟑 𝟗 𝟑 1
(iii)(a) At t = 𝟐, h = – 16 x 𝟒 + 20 x 𝟐 = – 36 + 30 = – 6
𝟑
It means after 𝟐 seconds, dolphin has reached 6 cm below water level. 1
OR
25
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
𝟓 𝟓 2
In 𝟒 seconds, distance covered = 20 x 𝟒 = 25 cm
37.
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟕𝟔
Sol. (i) SA = 2r2 = 2 x x4= 𝐦𝐦𝟐 or 25·1 mm2 1
𝟕 𝟕
𝟐 𝟐𝟐
(ii) Volume of material dug out to make one dimple = 𝟑 x x8
𝟕
26
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
𝟑𝟓𝟐 1
= 𝐦𝐦𝟑 or 16·76 mm3
𝟐𝟏
1
= 4(21)2 – 315 x (2)2 + 315 x 2(2)2
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
=4x x 21 x 21 + x 315 x 4
𝟕 𝟕
= 9504 mm2 1
OR
𝟒 𝟐
(iii) (b) Volume of the golf ball = 𝟑(21)3 – 315 x 𝟑(2)3 1
1
= 33528 mm3
27
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
38.
Sol. (i) All possible outcomes : RR, RG, RB, GR, GB, GG, YR, YB, YG 1
28
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
𝟏 1
P(Making purple) = 𝟗
𝟏
(iii)(a) As P(winning) = 𝟗
𝟏 𝟏
therefore number of people must win = 𝟗 x 99 = 11
𝟐
OR
𝟏
P(winning the game) = 𝟗
𝟏
Number of persons won = 11 𝟐
𝟏
Number of persons lost = 88
𝟐
29
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/5/3_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/6/1
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0) Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/6/1)
4.
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
5.
Sol. (D) 4 : 5 1
6.
Sol. (D) 0 1
7.
Sol. (D) – 1 1
8.
Sol. (B) 27 cm 1
9.
Sol. 𝑏2 1
(D)
4𝑎
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
10.
Sol. 7 1
(C) 20
12.
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
14.
Sol. 1 1
(A) 62
2
15.
Sol. 3 1
(B) 13
16.
17.
Sol. (D) a = 0, b = – 6 1
18.
Sol. (D) 4 1
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
19.
Sol. (A) 1
20.
Sol. (A) 1
21(A).
Sol. n
If 6 ends with digit 0, it would be divisible by 5. So, prime factorization of
n n n n
6 would contain 5. But 6 = (2 × 3) , the only prime factorization of 6
are 2 and 3 as per fundamental theorem of Arithmetic . There is no other
n
prime in the factorization of 6 . So, there is no natural number n for which 2
n
6 ends with digit zero.
OR
21(B)
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
Sol.
72=23 X 32
120=23 X 3 X 5
HCF = 24 1
LCM=360 1
22.
Sol. 1
Let the coordinates of P and Q be (0, y) and
2
(x, 0) respectively.
∴ x = 4, y = 10
1
P(0, 10) and Q(4, 0)
2
23.
Sol.
Pole of height AB = 18 m
AP = length of shadow 1
18
In APB, tan = 𝐴𝑃
1
6 18
= 2
7 𝐴𝑃 1
AP = 21 m 2
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
24.
Sol. 1
AOB = 180 – 130 = 50
2
OAP = 90 1
2
∴ APB = 180 – (50 + 90) = 40
1
25(A).
Sol.
In ABC, DE ∥ BC
𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐸 𝑥 𝑥+2 1
∴ = =
𝐷𝐵 𝐸𝐶 𝑥–2 𝑥–1
x(x – 1) = (x + 2)(x – 2)
x2 – x = x2 – 4 x = 4 1
OR
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
25(B).
Sol.
In AOB and COD,
OAB = OCD
OBA = ODC
1
Therefore, AOB COD 1
2
𝑂𝐴 𝑂𝐵 1
∴ =
𝑂𝐶 𝑂𝐷 2
26.
Sol.
Let P(x, 0) be the point on x axis which divides AB in the ratio k : 1 1
k:1 2
A(6, 3) • B(– 2, – 5)
– 5k + 3 3 P
=0k= 2
𝑘+1 5
Ratio is 3 : 5 1
2
27(A).
Sol. 26= 13 x 2
65= 13 x 5 1
117= 13 x 3 x 3
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
∴ HCF = 13 1
LCM = 13 x 2 x 3 x 5 x 3 = 1170 1
OR
27(B)
∴ 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐴𝐶 ⇒ ∠𝐵 = ∠𝐶 1
ADB = EFC
1
ABD = ECF
1
∴ ABD ECF
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
29(A).
Sol. 1
Let one number be x another number = 15 – x
2
1 1 3
Therefore, + = 1
𝑥 15 – x 10
15 – x + x 3
= 150 = 3x(15 – x)
𝑥(15 – x) 10
OR
29(B).
Sol.
x2 – 7x + 10 = 0
1
+ = 7, = 10 2
1
2 + 2 = ( + )2 – 2 = 49 – 20 = 29
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
∴x2 – (𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 )x + 𝛼 2 𝛽 2 = 0
1
2
i.e. x2 – 29x + 100 = 0
30.
Sol. 1
1 + sec A 1+
cos A
LHS = = 1
𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝐴
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝐴
= 1 + cos A 1
1− 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 𝐴
=
1−cos 𝐴
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝐴
= = RHS 1
1−cos 𝐴
31.
Sol.
A=
60
×
22
× 21 × 21 = 231 𝑐𝑚 2 1
360 7 1
2
60 22
Length of arc = × 2 × × 21
360 7
= 22 cm 1
1
2
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
32(A).
Sol.
TP = TQ
1
⇒ TPQ = TQP
Let PTQ be
180° – 𝜃 𝜃
⇒ TPQ = TQP = = 90 – 12
1
2 2
𝜃 𝜃 1
⇒ OPQ = 90 – (90 – ) = 12
2 2
PTQ = 2 OPQ
1
OR
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
32(B).
Sol. 1
AQ = AR
1
2AQ = AQ + AR
1
= AB + BQ + AC + CR 2
1
= AB + AC + (BP + CP) 2
= AB + AC + BC 1
1 1 1
AQ = 2 (AB + AC + BC) = 2 (Perimeter of △ ABC)
33.
Sol.
Radius of cone = radius of hemisphere = 7 cm
1
∴Height of cone = 14 cm
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
2 1 1 1
= 3(7)3 + (7)214 12 + 1 2
3
1 22
= × × 7 × 7(14 + 14)
3 7
154 4312
= × 28 = 𝑐𝑚2 or 1437.33 𝑐𝑚2 1
3 3
34(A).
Sol. 𝑎 + 10d 2
= 1
a + 17d 3
3a + 30d = 2a + 34d a = 4d 1
𝑎 + 4d 4𝑑 + 4d 8𝑑 1
Therefore, = = = 1
a + 20d 4d + 20d 24𝑑 3
5
𝑆5 [2𝑎 + 4d] 5[8𝑑 + 4d]
2
= 21 =
𝑆21 [2𝑎 + 20d] 21[8𝑑 + 20d] 1
2
5 × 12d 5
= = or 𝑆5 : 𝑆21 = 5 ∶ 49
21 × 28d 49 1
OR
34(B).
Sol. 6
S6 = 36 [2a + 5d] = 36 1
2
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
2a + 5d = 12 ----------- (1) 1
16
S16 = 256 [2a + 15d] = 256
2
1
d=2
a=1
10
S10 = [2(1) + 9(2)]
2
1
= 100
35.
Sol.
(i) 20 + 60 + 70 + x + 60 = 250
1
x = 250 – 210 = 40
Mass 80 – 100 100 – 120 120 – 140 140 – 160 160 – 180 Total
No. of 250
apples fi 20 60 70 x = 40 60
1 for
xi 90 110 130 150 170 correct
xifi 1800 6600 9100 6000 10200 33700 table
33700
Mean mass = = 134·8 1
250
1
Mean mass = 134.8 g
2
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
(ii) Modal class = 120-140
(70 – 60)
Mode = 120 + (140 – 60 – 40) × 20 1
= 125
1
Hence modal mass = 125 gm
2
36.
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
Sol.
(i) 20x + 5y = 9000
1
5x + 25y = 26000
OR
1
(ii) getting x=200 and y= 1000 1+
2
1
Difference in the fee = 1000 – 200 = ₹ 800 2
= ₹ 22000
1
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
37.
Sol. 𝑂𝑃
1
(i) In OBP, cos 30 = 𝑂𝐵 2
√3 36 72
= 𝑂𝐵 OB = 1
2 √3
= 24√3 cm 2
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
𝑃𝐵 36
(ii)In OBP, tan 30 = 36 PB =
√3
1
PB = 12√3
𝐴𝑃 1
In OAP, tan 45 = 36 AP = 36 cm
2
1
AB = AP – PB = 36 – 12√3 = 12(3 – √3) cm 2
OR
1
(ii)Area of OPB = × OP × PB
2
1
= × 36 × 12√3 = 216√3 cm2
2 1+1
(iii) AP = 36 cm 1
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
38.
Sol. 1
(i)P (drawing ball bearing number 8) = 1
15
1
(ii)Even numbers = 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 2
7 1
P (even number ball) = 12
15
OR
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
No. of favourable outcomes = 5
5 1 1
12
∴ P(multiple of 3) = =
15 3
4
P(solid colour and bear an even no.) = 1
15
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/1_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/6/2
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________ (example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines). This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0)Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/6/2)
1.
Sol. (D) a = 0, b = – 6 1
2.
Sol. (D) 4 1
4.
Sol. (D) – 1 1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
5.
6.
Sol. (C) 20 1
7.
Sol. (B) 4 1
8.
Sol. (A) – 10 1
9.
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
10.
Sol. 𝑏2 1
(D)
4𝑎
11.
3
Sol. (B) 1
13
12.
Sol. (B) 27 cm 1
13.
14.
Sol. (D) 4 : 5 1
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
15.
Sol. 1 1
(A) 622
16.
Sol. 𝟒 1
(C) 𝟒𝟓
17.
Sol. 𝟓 1
(C) (– , 0)
𝟒
18.
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
19.
Sol. (A) 1
20.
Sol. (A) 1
21.
Sol.
Pole of height AB = 18 m
AP = length of shadow
18 1
In APB, tan = 𝐴𝑃
6 18 1
= 2
7 𝐴𝑃
1
2
AP = 21 m
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
22(A).
Sol.
In ABC, DE ∥ BC
𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐸 𝑥 𝑥+2 1
= 𝐸𝐶 𝑥 – 2 =
𝐷𝐵 𝑥–1
x(x – 1) = (x + 2)(x – 2)
x2 – x = x2 – 4 x = 4 1
OR
22(B).
Sol.
In AOB and COD,
OAB = OCD
OBA = ODC
1
1
Therefore, AOB COD 2
𝑂𝐴 𝑂𝐵
∴ 𝑂𝐶 = 𝑂𝐷 1
2
23(A).
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
Sol. n
If 6 ends with digit 0, it would be divisible by 5. So, prime factorization of
n n n n
6 would contain 5. But 6 = (2 × 3) , the only prime factorization of 6
are 2 and 3 as per fundamental theorem of Arithmetic. There is no other
n
prime in the factorization of 6 . So, there is no natural number n for which
n 2
6 ends with digit zero.
OR
23(B).
Sol.
72=23 X 32
120=23 X 3 X 5
HCF = 24 1
LCM=360 1
24.
Sol. 𝟏
Let the point on x-axis be P(x, 0) 𝟐
PA = 10 PA2 = 100
1
(x – 11)2 + (0 + 8)2 = 100
(x – 11)2 = 100 – 64 = 36
x – 11 = 6, – 6
𝟏
x = 17, 5
𝟐
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
25.
Sol. 1
AOB = 180 – 30 = 50
2
OAP = 90 1
2
∴ APB = 180 – (50 + 90) = 40 1
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26.
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
Sol. 1 22
Area of quadrant BOC = × ×7×7
4 7
77 1
= cm2
2
1 1
Area of BOC = × OB × OC = × 7 × 7
2 2
49
= cm2 1
2
77 49
Area of shaded region = 2 [ − ] = 28 cm2
2 2 1
27.
Sol.
sin + cos = p, sec + cosec = q
LHS = q(p2 – 1)
𝟏 𝟏 1
=[ + ] [𝒔𝒊𝒏𝟐 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 + 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛cos − 1]
𝒄𝒐𝒔 𝒔𝒊𝒏
𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 + cos 𝜃
=( ) [1 + 2 sin cos – 1] 1
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 sin 𝜃
(𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 + cos 𝜃)
= (2 sin cos )
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 sin 𝜃
= 2(sin𝜃 + cos𝜃)
= 2p = RHS
1
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
28(A).
Sol. 1
Let one number be x another number = 15 – x
2
1 1 3
Therefore, 𝑥 + 15 – x = 10 1
15 – x + x 3
= 10 150 = 3x(15 – x)
𝑥(15 – x)
1
⇒x = 10, 5
2
1
Numbers are 10, 5 or 5, 10 2
OR
28(B).
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
Sol.
x2 – 7x + 10 = 0
1
+ = 7, = 10 2
2 + 2 = ( + )2 – 2 = 49 – 20 = 29 1
1
22 = (10)2 = 100 2
∴ x2 – (𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 )x + 𝛼 2 𝛽 2 = 0
29.
Sol.
Let P(x, 0) be the point on x axis which divides AB in the ratio k : 1 1
k:1
• 2
A(6, 3) B(– 2, – 5)
– 5k + 3 3 P
=0k= 2
𝑘+1 5
Ratio is 3 : 5 1
2
30.
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
Sol.
Given ABC is an isosceles triangle, ∴ 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐴𝐶 ⇒ ∠𝐵 = ∠𝐶
1
ABD = ECF 1
∴ ABD ECF 1
31(A).
Sol. 26= 13 x 2
65= 13 x 5 1
117= 13 x 3 x 3
∴ HCF = 13 1
LCM = 13 x 2 x 3 x 5 x 3 = 1170 1
OR
31(B).
SECTION D
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
32.
Sol.
(i)20 + 60 + 70 + x + 60 = 250
1
x = 250 – 210 = 40
Mass 80 – 100 100 – 120 120 – 140 140 – 160 160 – 180 Total
No. of 250
apples fi 20 60 70 x = 40 60
xi 90 110 130 150 170
1
xifi 1800 6600 9100 6000 10200 33700
33700
Mean mass = 250
= 134·8
Mean mass = 134.8 g 1
1
(ii) Modal class = 120-140
2
(70 – 60)
Mode = 120 + (140 – 60 – 40) × 20
1
= 125
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
33(A).
Sol.
TP = TQ
⇒ TPQ = TQP
1
Let PTQ be
180° – 𝜃 𝜃
⇒ TPQ = TQP = = 90 – 2 1
1
2 2
𝜃 𝜃 1
⇒ OPQ = 90 – (90 – 2 ) = 2 12
PTQ = 2 OPQ 1
OR
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
33(B).
Sol. 1
AQ = AR
1
2AQ = AQ + AR
1
= AB + BQ + AC + CR
2
1
= AB + AC + (BP + CP) 2
= AB + AC + BC 1
1 1
AQ = 2 (AB + AC + BC) =2(Perimeter of ∆ 𝐴𝐵𝐶) 1
34.
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
Sol. 7
Radius of hemisphere = Radius of cone = 3·5 cm = cm
2
2 22 7 3 1 22 7 2
𝟏 𝟏
= × ×( ) + × ×( ) ×6 𝟏 +𝟏
3 7 2 3 7 2 𝟐 𝟐
77 1001
= × 13 = = 166·8 cm3 1
6 6
9.5 cm
3.5 cm
35(A)
Sol. 𝟏
(i) Integers divisible by 9 are 108, 117, 126, …., 198 𝟐
a = 108, d = 9
a + (n – 1)d = 198
𝑛 11 1
S11 = 2 (a + l) = (108 + 198)
2
𝟏
= 1683 𝟐
𝟏
(ii) Integers are 101, 102, 103,……,199 𝟐
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
99
Sum of all integers = (101 + 199)
2
99
= × 300 = 14850 1
2
= 13167 𝟏
𝟐
OR
35(B)
Sol.
– 4 + (– 1) + 2 + 5 + ….. + x = 437
𝟏
Here a = – 4, d = 3 𝟐
𝑥+7
-4 + (n – 1)3 = x n =
3 1
Sn = 437
𝑥+7 1
⇒ ( 3 ) . (– 4 + x) = 437
2 1
x2 + 3x – 28 = 437 × 6 = 2622
x2 + 3x – 2650 = 0 1
(x + 53)(x – 50) = 0
1
x ≠– 53, x = 50 12
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
36.
Sol. 1
(i)P (drawing ball bearing number 8) = 15
1
7
P (even number ball) = 15 1
1
2
OR
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
No. of favourable outcomes = 5
5 1 1
∴ P(multiple of 3) = 15 = 3 12
4 1
P(solid colour and bear an even no.) = 15
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
37.
Sol. 𝑂𝑃 1
(i) In OBP, cos 30 = 𝑂𝐵 2
1
2
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
√3 36 72
= 𝑂𝐵 OB =
2 √3
= 24√3 cm
𝑃𝐵 36
(ii)In OBP, tan 30 = 36 PB = 1
√3
1
PB = 12√3
2
1
𝐴𝑃
In OAP, tan 45 = 36 AP = 36 cm 2
OR
1 1+1
(ii)Area of OPB = 2 × OP × PB
1
= 2 × 36 × 12√3 = 216√3 cm2 1
(ii) AP = 36 cm
23
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
38.
Sol.
(i)20x + 5y = 9000
1
5x + 25y = 26000
OR
24
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
1
(ii) getting x=200 and y= 1000 1+2
= ₹ 22000 1
25
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/2_2022-23
Marking Scheme
Strictly Confidential
(For Internal and Restricted use only)
Secondary School Examination, 2023
MATHEMATICS PAPER CODE 30/6/3
General Instructions: -
1 You are aware that evaluation is the most important process in the actual and correct
assessment of the candidates. A small mistake in evaluation may lead to serious problems
which may affect the future of the candidates, education system and teaching profession. To
avoid mistakes, it is requested that before starting evaluation, you must read and understand
the spot evaluation guidelines carefully.
2 “Evaluation policy is a confidential policy as it is related to the confidentiality of the
examinations conducted, Evaluation done and several other aspects. Its’ leakage to
public in any manner could lead to derailment of the examination system and affect the
life and future of millions of candidates. Sharing this policy/document to anyone,
publishing in any magazine and printing in News Paper/Website etc may invite action
under various rules of the Board and IPC.”
3 Evaluation is to be done as per instructions provided in the Marking Scheme. It should not
be done according to one’s own interpretation or any other consideration. Marking Scheme
should be strictly adhered to and religiously followed. However, while evaluating, answers
which are based on latest information or knowledge and/or are innovative, they may be
assessed for their correctness otherwise and due marks be awarded to them.
4 The Marking scheme carries only suggested value points for the answers.
These are in the nature of Guidelines only and do not constitute the complete answer. The
students can have their own expression and if the expression is correct, the due marks should
be awarded accordingly.
5 The Head-Examiner must go through the first five answer books evaluated by each evaluator
on the first day, to ensure that evaluation has been carried out as per the instructions given
in the Marking Scheme. If there is any variation, the same should be zero after deliberation
and discussion. The remaining answer books meant for evaluation shall be given only after
ensuring that there is no significant variation in the marking of individual evaluators.
6 Evaluators will mark ( √ ) wherever answer is correct. For wrong answer CROSS ‘X” be
marked. Evaluators will not put right (✓) while evaluating which gives an impression that
answer is correct and no marks are awarded. This is most common mistake which
evaluators are committing.
7 If a question has parts, please award marks on the right-hand side for each part. Marks
awarded for different parts of the question should then be totaled up and written in the left-
hand margin and encircled. This may be followed strictly.
8 If a question does not have any parts, marks must be awarded in the left-hand margin and
encircled. This may also be followed strictly.
1
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
9 In Q1-Q20, if a candidate attempts the question more than once (without canceling the previous
attempt), marks shall be awarded for the first attempt only and the other answer scored out
with a note “Extra Question”.
10 In Q21-Q38, if a student has attempted an extra question, answer of the question deserving
more marks should be retained and the other answer scored out with a note “Extra Question”.
11 No marks to be deducted for the cumulative effect of an error. It should be penalized only once.
12 A full scale of marks __________(example 0 to 80/70/60/50/40/30 marks as given in
Question Paper) has to be used. Please do not hesitate to award full marks if the answer
deserves it.
13 Every examiner has to necessarily do evaluation work for full working hours i.e., 8 hours
every day and evaluate 20 answer books per day in main subjects and 25 answer books per
day in other subjects (Details are given in Spot Guidelines).This is in view of the reduced
syllabus and number of questions in question paper.
14 Ensure that you do not make the following common types of errors committed by the
Examiner in the past:-
● Leaving answer or part thereof unassessed in an answer book.
● Giving more marks for an answer than assigned to it.
● Wrong totaling of marks awarded on an answer.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the inside pages of the answer book to the title page.
● Wrong question wise totaling on the title page.
● Wrong totaling of marks of the two columns on the title page.
● Wrong grand total.
● Marks in words and figures not tallying/not same.
● Wrong transfer of marks from the answer book to online award list.
● Answers marked as correct, but marks not awarded. (Ensure that the right tick mark is
correctly and clearly indicated. It should merely be a line. Same is with the X for
incorrect answer.)
● Half or a part of answer marked correct and the rest as wrong, but no marks awarded.
15 While evaluating the answer books if the answer is found to be totally incorrect, it should be
marked as cross (X) and awarded zero (0)Marks.
16 Any un assessed portion, non-carrying over of marks to the title page, or totaling error
detected by the candidate shall damage the prestige of all the personnel engaged in the
evaluation work as also of the Board. Hence, in order to uphold the prestige of all concerned,
it is again reiterated that the instructions be followed meticulously and judiciously.
17 The Examiners should acquaint themselves with the guidelines given in the “Guidelines for
spot Evaluation” before starting the actual evaluation.
18 Every Examiner shall also ensure that all the answers are evaluated, marks carried over to
the title page, correctly totaled and written in figures and words.
19 The candidates are entitled to obtain photocopy of the Answer Book on request on payment
of the prescribed processing fee. All Examiners/Additional Head Examiners/Head
Examiners are once again reminded that they must ensure that evaluation is carried out
strictly as per value points for each answer as given in the Marking Scheme.
2
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
MARKING SCHEME
MATHEMATICS (Subject Code–041)
(PAPER CODE: 30/6/3)
1.
𝒚
Sol. (B) 1
√𝒙𝟐 + y 𝟐
3.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(A) ,–4
𝟑
4.
Sol. (D) 4 : 5 1
3
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
5.
Sol. (D) 4 1
6.
Sol. (D) a = 0, b = – 6 1
7.
8.
4
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
10.
Sol. 1 1
(A) 622
11.
Sol. (D) 0 1
12.
Sol. (B) 27 cm 1
13.
5
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
14.
Sol. 3 1
(B) 13
16.
Sol. (D) pq 1
17.
Sol. 𝟏 1
(B) 𝟐
18.
Sol. (A) am bl 1
6
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
19.
Sol. (A) 1
20.
Sol. (A) 1
21.
Sol. k:1
A(5,–6) B(– 1,– 4)
P
Let P(0, y) be the point on y axis which divides AB in the ratio k : 1 𝟏
𝟐
–k+5
=0 k=5 1
k+ 1
7
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
𝟏
Ratio is 5 : 1
𝟐
22(A).
Sol. In ABC, DE ∥ BC
𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐸 𝑥 𝑥+2
= =
𝐷𝐵 𝐸𝐶 𝑥–2 𝑥–1
x(x – 1) = (x + 2)(x – 2) 1
x2 – x = x2 – 4 x = 4
1
OR
22(B).
Sol.
In AOB and COD,
OAB = OCD
OBA = ODC
1
Therefore, AOB COD 1
2
𝑂𝐴 𝑂𝐵
∴ 𝑂𝐶 = 𝑂𝐷 1
2
8
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
23(A).
Sol. n
If 6 ends with digit 0, it would be divisible by 5. So, prime factorization of
n n n n
6 would contain 5. But 6 = (2 × 3) , the only prime factorization of 6
are 2 and 3 as per fundamental theorem of Arithmetic . There is no other
n
prime in the factorization of 6 . So, there is no natural number n for which
n 2
6 ends with digit zero.
OR
23(B).
Sol.
72=23 X 32
120=23 X 3 X 5
HCF = 24 1
LCM=360 1
24.
25.
9
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
Sol. 1
AOB = 180 – 30 = 50
2
OAP = 90 1
2
∴ APB = 180 – (50 + 90) = 40 1
SECTION C
This section comprises of Short Answer (SA) type questions of 3 marks
each.
26.
𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 𝜃 + cos2 𝜃
= (sin + cos )( ) 1
cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
27(A).
Sol.
Let the natural number be x
160 1
ATQ, x + 12 =
𝑥
x2 + 12x = 160
x2 + 12x – 160 = 0 1
(x + 20)(x – 8) = 0
x ≠ – 20, x= 8
1
10
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
⇒ Required natural number is 8
OR
27(B).
Sol.
x2 + 12x – k = 0
k = – 27 𝟏
𝟐
28.
Sol. Let P(x, 0) be the point on x axis which divides AB in the ratio k : 1
1
A(6, 3) k:1 B(– 2, – 5) 2
– 5k + 3 3 •
=0k= P
2
𝑘+1 5
Ratio is 3 : 5 1
2
29.
Sol. 60
A = 360 ×
22
× 21 × 21 = 231 cm2 1
7 1
2
60 22
Length of arc = 360 × 2 × 7
× 21
= 22 cm 1
1
2
11
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
30.
Sol. 1
Given ABC is an isosceles triangle, ∴ 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐴𝐶 ⇒ ∠𝐵 = ∠𝐶
ABD = ECF 1
∴ ABD ECF 1
31(A).
Sol. 26= 13 x 2
65= 13 x 5 1
117= 13 x 3 x 3
∴ HCF = 13 1
LCM = 13 x 2 x 3 x 5 x 3 = 1170 1
OR
31(B).
12
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
This section comprises of Long Answer (LA) type questions of 5 marks
each.
32(A).
Sol.
Let a be the first term and d be the common difference.
7
S7 = 182 (2a + 6d) = 182 1
2
182 × 2
2a + 6d = = 52
7
a + 3d = 26 -------- (i) 1
𝑎4 1 𝑎 + 3d 1
= = 5a + 15d = a + 16d 1
𝑎17 5 a + 16d 5
4a = d --------(ii) 𝟏
𝟐
a = 2 and d=8 𝟏 1
𝟐
+2
OR
32(B).
Sol.
Sq = 63q – 3q2
13
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
∴ S1 = 60 a1 = 60 (1st term) 1
a1 + a2 = 114 a2 = 114 – 60 = 54 1
d = a2 – a1 = 54 – 60 = – 6 1
ap = – 60
60 + (p – 1)d = – 60
(p – 1)(– 6) = – 120 p = 21 1
1
a11 = a + 10d = 60 + 10(– 6) = 0
33(A).
Sol.
ABCD is a parallelogram touching the circle at P, Q, R, S by sides
1 for
correct
figure
We know that tangents drawn from the external point to a circle are
equal.
∴ AP = AS --------(i)
14
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
PB = BQ --------(ii)
CR = CQ --------(iii)
2
DR = DS ---------(iv)
1
(AP + PB) + (CR + DR) = (AS + DS) + (BQ + CQ)
AB + CD = AD + BC
ABCD is a parallelogram
𝟏
𝟐
⇒AB = CD, AD = BC
⇒2AB = 2AD AB = AD
𝟏
ABCD is a rhombus. 𝟐
OR
33(B)
15
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
Sol.
PQ = PR (tangents drawn from an external point to the circle )
∴ PQR = PRQ
1
1
In PQR, PQR = PRQ = 2 (180 – 30) = 75
Sol.
(i)20 + 60 + 70 + x + 60 = 250
1
x = 250 – 210 = 40
Mass 80 – 100 100 – 120 120 – 140 140 – 160 160 – 180 Total
No. of 250
apples fi 20 60 70 x = 40 60
xi 90 110 130 150 170 1 for
correct
xifi 1800 6600 9100 6000 10200 33700 table
33700
Mean mass = = 134·8 1
250
16
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
Mean mass = 134.8 g
1
(ii) Modal class = 120-140
2
(70 – 60)
Mode = 120 + (140 – 60 – 40) × 20 1
1
= 125 2
35.
Sol.
Radius of cone = radius of hemisphere = 7 cm
1
∴Height of cone = 14 cm
1 22
= × × 7 × 7(14 + 14)
3 7
154 4312
= × 28 = 𝑐𝑚2 or 1437.33 𝑐𝑚2 1
3 3
SECTION E
This section comprises of 3 case-study based questions of 4 marks each.
17
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
36.
Sol. 𝑂𝑃 1
(i) In OBP, cos 30 = 𝑂𝐵 2
√3 36 72
= 𝑂𝐵 OB =
2 √3
= 24√3 cm 1
2
18
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
𝑃𝐵 36
(ii)In OBP, tan 30 = 36 PB =
√3
PB = 12√3
1
𝐴𝑃
In OAP, tan 45 = 36 AP = 36 cm
1
AB = AP – PB = 36 – 12√3 = 12(3 – √3) cm 2
1
2
OR
1
(ii)Area of OPB = 2 × OP × PB
1
= 2 × 36 × 12√3 = 216√3 cm2
1+1
(ii) AP = 36 cm
19
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
37.
Sol. 1
(i)P (drawing ball bearing number 8) = 1
15
1
(ii)Even numbers = 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 2
7
P (even number) = 15 12
1
OR
1
(ii)Multiples of 3 are 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 2
20
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
5 1 1
∴ P(multiple of 3) = 15 = 3 12
4
P(solid colour and bear an even no.) = 15 1
38.
Sol.
(i)20x + 5y = 9000
1
5x + 25y = 26000
21
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23
(ii)Solving the equations x = 200, y = 1000
OR
1
(ii) getting x=200 and y= 1000 1+
2
= ₹ 22000 1
22
MS_X_Mathematics_041_30/6/3_2022-23